DocBook XSL Stylesheets: Reference Documentation$Id: reference.xml 8321 2009-03-12 18:20:36Z mzjn $ WalshNormanThe DocBook Project1999-2007Norman Walsh2003Jiří Kosek2004-2007Steve Ball2001-2007The DocBook ProjectLicensePermission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the Software), to deal in the Software without
restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished
to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.Except as contained in this notice, the names of individuals
credited with contribution to this software shall not be used in
advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
this Software without prior written authorization from the individuals
in question.Any stylesheet derived from this Software that is publically
distributed will be identified with a different name and the version
strings in any derived Software will be changed so that no possibility
of confusion between the derived package and this Software will
exist.WarrantyTHE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS,
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL NORMAN WALSH OR ANY
OTHER CONTRIBUTOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.About this documentThis is generated reference documentation for the DocBook
XSL stylesheets. It is available in the following formats:
HTML,
PDF,
plain text
This is primarily documentation on the parameters and processing instructions you can use
to control the behavior of the stylesheets.
This is purely reference documentation – not how-to
documentation. For a thorough step-by-step how-to guide to
publishing content using the DocBook XSL stylesheets, see
Bob Stayton’s DocBook XSL: The Complete Guide, available online
at http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/index.html
This document is divided into three sets of references:
the first two sets provides user documentation; the third,
developer documentation.DocBook XSL Stylesheets User Reference: ParametersThis is generated reference documentation for all
user-configurable parameters in the DocBook XSL
stylesheets.
This is purely reference documentation – not how-to
documentation. For a thorough step-by-step how-to guide to
publishing content using the DocBook XSL stylesheets, see
Bob Stayton’s DocBook XSL: The Complete Guide, available online
at http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/index.html
HTML Parameter ReferenceThis is reference documentation for all user-configurable
parameters in the DocBook XSL HTML stylesheets (for generating
HTML output).Admonitionsadmon.graphics.extensionstringadmon.graphics.extensionFilename extension for admonition graphics
<xsl:param name="admon.graphics.extension">.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the filename extension to use on admonition graphics.admon.graphics.pathstringadmon.graphics.pathPath to admonition graphics<xsl:param name="admon.graphics.path">images/</xsl:param>DescriptionSets the path to the directory containing the admonition graphics
(caution.png, important.png etc). This location is normally relative
to the output html directory. See base.diradmon.graphicsbooleanadmon.graphicsUse graphics in admonitions?
<xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true (non-zero), admonitions are presented in an alternate style that uses
a graphic. Default graphics are provided in the distribution.
admon.textlabelbooleanadmon.textlabelUse text label in admonitions?
<xsl:param name="admon.textlabel" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true (non-zero), admonitions are presented with a generated
text label such as Note or Warning in the appropriate language.
If zero, such labels are turned off, but any title child
of the admonition element are still output.
The default value is 1.
admon.stylestringadmon.styleSpecifies the CSS style attribute that should be added to
admonitions.<xsl:param name="admon.style">
<xsl:value-of select="concat('margin-', $direction.align.start, ': 0.5in; margin-', $direction.align.end, ': 0.5in;')"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies the value of the CSS style
attribute that should be added to admonitions.
Calloutscallout.defaultcolumnintegercallout.defaultcolumnIndicates what column callouts appear in by default
<xsl:param name="callout.defaultcolumn">60</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf a callout does not identify a column (for example, if it uses
the linerangeunit),
it will appear in the default column.
callout.graphics.extensionstringcallout.graphics.extensionFilename extension for callout graphics
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.extension">.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the filename extension to use on callout graphics. The Docbook XSL distribution provides callout graphics in the following formats:SVG (extension: .svg)PNG (extension: .png)GIF (extension: .gif)callout.graphics.number.limitintegercallout.graphics.number.limitNumber of the largest callout graphic
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.number.limit">15</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.graphics is non-zero, graphics
are used to represent callout numbers instead of plain text. The value
of callout.graphics.number.limit is the largest
number for which a graphic exists. If the callout number exceeds this
limit, the default presentation "(plain text instead of a graphic)"
will be used.
callout.graphics.pathstringcallout.graphics.pathPath to callout graphics
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.path">images/callouts/</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the path to the directory holding the callout graphics. his
location is normally relative to the output html directory. see
base.dir. Always terminate the directory with / since the graphic file
is appended to this string, hence needs the separator.
callout.graphicsbooleancallout.graphicsUse graphics for callouts?
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, callouts are presented with graphics (e.g., reverse-video
circled numbers instead of "(1)", "(2)", etc.).
Default graphics are provided in the distribution.
callout.list.tablebooleancallout.list.tablePresent callout lists using a table?
<xsl:param name="callout.list.table" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe default presentation of calloutlists uses
an HTML DL element. Some browsers don't align DLs very well
if callout.graphics is used. With this option
turned on, calloutlists are presented in an HTML
TABLE, which usually results in better alignment
of the callout number with the callout description.callout.unicode.number.limitintegercallout.unicode.number.limitNumber of the largest unicode callout character
<xsl:param name="callout.unicode.number.limit">10</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.unicode
is non-zero, unicode characters are used to represent
callout numbers. The value of
callout.unicode.number.limit
is
the largest number for which a unicode character exists. If the callout number
exceeds this limit, the default presentation "(nnn)" will always
be used.
callout.unicode.start.characterintegercallout.unicode.start.characterFirst Unicode character to use, decimal value.
<xsl:param name="callout.unicode.start.character">10102</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.graphics is zero and callout.unicode
is non-zero, unicode characters are used to represent
callout numbers. The value of
callout.unicode.start.character
is the decimal unicode value used for callout number one. Currently,
only 10102 is supported in the stylesheets for this parameter.
callout.unicodebooleancallout.unicodeUse Unicode characters rather than images for callouts.<xsl:param name="callout.unicode" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionThe stylesheets can use either an image of the numbers one to ten, or the single Unicode character which represents the numeral, in white on a black background. Use this to select the Unicode character option.
callouts.extensionbooleancallouts.extensionEnable the callout extension
<xsl:param name="callouts.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe callouts extension processes areaset
elements in programlistingco and other text-based
callout elements.
EBNFebnf.table.bgcolorcolorebnf.table.bgcolorBackground color for EBNF tables
<xsl:param name="ebnf.table.bgcolor">#F5DCB3</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the background color for EBNF tables (a pale brown). No
bgcolor attribute is output if
ebnf.table.bgcolor is set to the null string. ebnf.table.borderbooleanebnf.table.borderSelects border on EBNF tables<xsl:param name="ebnf.table.border" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionSelects the border on EBNF tables. If non-zero, the tables have
borders, otherwise they don't.ebnf.assignmentrtfebnf.assignmentThe EBNF production assignment operator
<xsl:param name="ebnf.assignment">
<code>::=</code>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe ebnf.assignment parameter determines what
text is used to show assignment in productions
in productionsets.While ::= is common, so are several
other operators.ebnf.statement.terminatorrtfebnf.statement.terminatorPunctuation that ends an EBNF statement.
<xsl:param name="ebnf.statement.terminator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe ebnf.statement.terminator parameter determines what
text is used to terminate each production
in productionset.Some notations end each statement with a period.ToC/LoT/Index Generationannotate.tocbooleanannotate.tocAnnotate the Table of Contents?<xsl:param name="annotate.toc" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf true, TOCs will be annotated. At present, this just means
that the refpurpose of refentry
TOC entries will be displayed.
autotoc.label.separatorstringautotoc.label.separatorSeparator between labels and titles in the ToC
<xsl:param name="autotoc.label.separator">. </xsl:param>
DescriptionString used to separate labels and titles in a table of contents.autotoc.label.in.hyperlinkbooleanautotoc.label.in.hyperlinkInclude label in hyperlinked titles in TOC?<xsl:param name="autotoc.label.in.hyperlink" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf the value of
autotoc.label.in.hyperlink is non-zero, labels
are included in hyperlinked titles in the TOC. If it is instead zero,
labels are still displayed prior to the hyperlinked titles, but
are not hyperlinked along with the titles.process.source.tocbooleanprocess.source.tocProcess a non-empty toc element if it occurs in a source document?<xsl:param name="process.source.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies that the contents of a non-empty "hard-coded"
toc element in a source document are processed to
generate a TOC in output.
This parameter has no effect on automated generation of
TOCs. An automated TOC may still be generated along with the
"hard-coded" TOC. To suppress automated TOC generation, adjust the
value of the generate.toc paramameter.The process.source.toc parameter also has
no effect if the toc element is empty; handling
for empty toc is controlled by the
process.empty.source.toc parameter.process.empty.source.tocbooleanprocess.empty.source.tocGenerate automated TOC if toc element occurs in a source document?<xsl:param name="process.empty.source.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies that if an empty toc element is found in a
source document, an automated TOC is generated at this point in the
document.
Depending on what the value of the
generate.toc parameter is, setting this
parameter to 1 could result in generation of
duplicate automated TOCs. So the
process.empty.source.toc is primarily useful
as an "override": by placing an empty toc in your
document and setting this parameter to 1, you can
force a TOC to be generated even if generate.toc
says not to.bridgehead.in.tocbooleanbridgehead.in.tocShould bridgehead elements appear in the TOC?<xsl:param name="bridgehead.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, bridgeheads appear in the TOC. Note that
this option is not fully supported and may be removed in a future
version of the stylesheets.
simplesect.in.tocbooleansimplesect.in.tocShould simplesect elements appear in the TOC?<xsl:param name="simplesect.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, simplesects will be included in the TOC.
manual.tocstringmanual.tocAn explicit TOC to be used for the TOC
<xsl:param name="manual.toc"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe manual.toc identifies an explicit TOC that
will be used for building the printed TOC.
toc.list.typelistdluloltoc.list.typeType of HTML list element to use for Tables of Contents<xsl:param name="toc.list.type">dl</xsl:param>DescriptionWhen an automatically generated Table of Contents (or List of Titles)
is produced, this HTML element will be used to make the list.
toc.section.depthintegertoc.section.depthHow deep should recursive sections appear
in the TOC?<xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies the depth to which recursive sections should appear in the
TOC.
toc.max.depthintegertoc.max.depthHow many levels should be created for each TOC?<xsl:param name="toc.max.depth">8</xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies the maximal depth of TOC on all levels.generate.toctablegenerate.tocControl generation of ToCs and LoTs
<xsl:param name="generate.toc">
appendix toc,title
article/appendix nop
article toc,title
book toc,title,figure,table,example,equation
chapter toc,title
part toc,title
preface toc,title
qandadiv toc
qandaset toc
reference toc,title
sect1 toc
sect2 toc
sect3 toc
sect4 toc
sect5 toc
section toc
set toc,title
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter has a structured value. It is a table of space-delimited
path/value pairs. Each path identifies some element in the source document
using a restricted subset of XPath (only the implicit child axis, no wildcards,
no predicates). Paths can be either relative or absolute.When processing a particular element, the stylesheets consult this table to
determine if a ToC (or LoT(s)) should be generated.For example, consider the entry:book toc,figureThis indicates that whenever a book is formatted, a
Table Of Contents and a List of Figures should be generated. Similarly,/chapter tocindicates that whenever a document that has a root
ofchapter is formatted, a Table of
Contents should be generated. The entry chapter would match
all chapters, but /chapter matches only chapter
document elements.Generally, the longest match wins. So, for example, if you want to distinguish
articles in books from articles in parts, you could use these two entries:book/article toc,figure
part/article tocNote that an article in a part can never match a book/article,
so if you want nothing to be generated for articles in parts, you can simply leave
that rule out.If you want to leave the rule in, to make it explicit that you're turning
something off, use the value nop. For example, the following
entry disables ToCs and LoTs for articles:article nopDo not simply leave the word article in the file
without a matching value. That'd be just begging the silly little
path/value parser to get confused.Section ToCs are further controlled by the
generate.section.toc.level parameter.
For a given section level to have a ToC, it must have both an entry in
generate.toc and be within the range enabled by
generate.section.toc.level.generate.section.toc.levelintegergenerate.section.toc.levelControl depth of TOC generation in sections
<xsl:param name="generate.section.toc.level" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe generate.section.toc.level parameter
controls the depth of section in which TOCs will be generated. Note
that this is related to, but not the same as
toc.section.depth, which controls the depth to
which TOC entries will be generated in a given TOC.If, for example, generate.section.toc.level
is 3, TOCs will be generated in first, second, and third
level sections, but not in fourth level sections.
generate.indexbooleangenerate.indexDo you want an index?<xsl:param name="generate.index" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecify if an index should be generated. index.methodlistbasickosekkimberindex.methodSelect method used to group index entries in an index
<xsl:param name="index.method">basic</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter lets you select which method to use for sorting and grouping
index entries in an index.
Indexes in Latin-based languages that have accented characters typically
sort together accented words and unaccented words.
Thus Á (U+00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE) would sort together
with A (U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A), so both would appear in the A
section of the index.
Languages using other alphabets (such as Russian, which is written in the Cyrillic alphabet)
and languages using ideographic chararacters (such as Japanese)
require grouping specific to the languages and alphabets.
The default indexing method is limited.
It can group accented characters in Latin-based languages only.
It cannot handle non-Latin alphabets or ideographic languages.
The other indexing methods require extensions of one type or
another, and do not work with
all XSLT processors, which is why they are not used by default.The three choices for indexing method are:basic
(default) Sort and groups words based only on the Latin alphabet.
Words with accented Latin letters will group and sort with
their respective primary letter, but
words in non-Latin alphabets will be
put in the Symbols section of the index.
kosek
This method sorts and groups words based on letter groups configured in
the DocBook locale file for the given language.
See, for example, the French locale file common/fr.xml.
This method requires that the XSLT processor
supports the EXSLT extensions (most do).
It also requires support for using
user-defined functions in xsl:key (xsltproc does not).
This method is suitable for any language for which you can
list all the individual characters that should appear
in each letter group in an index.
It is probably not practical to use it for ideographic languages
such as Chinese that have hundreds or thousands of characters.
To use the kosek method, you must:Use a processor that supports its extensions, such as
Saxon 6 or Xalan (xsltproc and Saxon 8 do not).
Set the index.method parameter's value to kosek.
Import the appropriate index extensions stylesheet module
fo/autoidx-kosek.xsl or
html/autoidx-kosek.xsl into your
customization.
kimber
This method uses extensions to the Saxon processor to implement
sophisticated indexing processes. It uses its own
configuration file, which can include information for any number of
languages. Each language's configuration can group
words using one of two processes. In the
enumerated process similar to that used in the kosek method,
you indicate the groupings character-by-character.
In the between-key process, you specify the
break-points in the sort order that should start a new group.
The latter configuration is useful for ideographic languages
such as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.
You can also define your own collation algorithms and how you
want mixed Latin-alphabet words sorted.For a whitepaper describing the extensions, see:
http://www.innodata-isogen.com/knowledge_center/white_papers/back_of_book_for_xsl_fo.pdf.
To download the extension library, see
http://www.innodata-isogen.com/knowledge_center/tools_downloads/i18nsupport.
To use the kimber method, you must:Use Saxon (version 6 or 8) as your XSLT processor.
Install and configure the Innodata Isogen library, using
the documentation that comes with it.
Set the index.method parameter's value to kimber.
Import the appropriate index extensions stylesheet module
fo/autoidx-kimber.xsl or
html/autoidx-kimber.xsl into your
customization.
index.on.typebooleanindex.on.typeSelect indexterms based on type
attribute value
<xsl:param name="index.on.type" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero,
then an index element that has a
type attribute
value will contain only those indexterm
elements with a matching type attribute value.
If an index has no type
attribute or it is blank, then the index will contain
all indexterms in the current scope.
If index.on.type is zero, then the
type attribute has no effect
on selecting indexterms for an index.
For those using DocBook version 4.2 or earlier,
the type attribute is not available
for index terms. However, you can achieve the same
effect by using the role attribute
in the same manner on indexterm
and index, and setting the stylesheet parameter
index.on.role to a nonzero value.
index.on.rolebooleanindex.on.roleSelect indexterms based on role value
<xsl:param name="index.on.role" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero,
then an index element that has a
role attribute
value will contain only those indexterm
elements with a matching role value.
If an index has no role
attribute or it is blank, then the index will contain
all indexterms in the current scope.
If index.on.role is zero, then the
role attribute has no effect
on selecting indexterms for an index.
If you are using DocBook version 4.3 or later, you should
use the type attribute instead of role
on indexterm and index,
and set the index.on.type to a nonzero
value.
index.links.to.sectionbooleanindex.links.to.sectionHTML index entries link to container section title
<xsl:param name="index.links.to.section" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf zero, then an index entry in an index links
directly to the location of the
generated anchor that is output
for the indexterm. If two identical indexterm elements
exist in the same section, then both entries appear
in the index with the same title but link to different
locations.If non-zero, then an index entry in an index links to the
section title containing the indexterm, rather than
directly to the anchor output for the indexterm.
Duplicate indexterm entries in the same section are dropped.
The default value is 1, so index entries link to
section titles by default.In both cases, the link text in an index entry is the
title of the section containing the indexterm.
That is because HTML does not have numbered pages.
It also provides the reader with context information
for each link.This parameter lets you choose which style of
index linking you want. When set to 0, an index entry takes you
to the precise location of its corresponding indexterm.
However, if you have a lot of duplicate
entries in sections, then you have a lot of duplicate
titles in the index, which makes it more cluttered.
The reader may not recognize why duplicate titles
appear until they follow the links. Also, the links
may land the reader in the middle of a section where the
section title is not visible, which may also be
confusing to the reader.When set to 1, an index entry link is
less precise, but duplicate titles in the
index entries are eliminated.
Landing on the section title location may confirm the reader's
expectation that a link that
shows a section title will take them to that section title,
not a location within the section.
index.prefer.titleabbrevbooleanindex.prefer.titleabbrevShould abbreviated titles be used as back references?
<xsl:param name="index.prefer.titleabbrev" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, and if a titleabbrev is defined, the abbreviated title
is used as the link text of a back reference in the index.
index.term.separatorstringindex.term.separatorOverride for punctuation separating an index term
from its list of page references in an index
<xsl:param name="index.term.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you to override
the text to insert between
the end of an index term and its list of page references.
Typically that might be a comma and a space.
Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'term-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
fill in the content for this normally empty
override parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
For fo output, it could be an fo:leader
element to provide space of a specific length, or a dot leader.
index.number.separatorstringindex.number.separatorOverride for punctuation separating page numbers in index
<xsl:param name="index.number.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you to override the text to insert between
page references in a formatted index entry. Typically
that would be a comma and a space.
Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'number-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
override the gentext with the content of this parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
In HTML index output, section title references are used instead of
page number references. This punctuation appears between
such section titles in an HTML index.
index.range.separatorstringindex.range.separatorOverride for punctuation separating the two numbers
in a page range in index
<xsl:param name="index.range.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you
to override the text to insert between
the two numbers of a page range in an index.
This parameter is only used by those XSL-FO processors
that support an extension for generating such page ranges
(such as XEP).Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'range-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
override the gentext with the content of this parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
In HTML index output, section title references are used instead of
page number references. So there are no page ranges
and this parameter has no effect.
Stylesheet Extensionslinenumbering.everyNthintegerlinenumbering.everyNthIndicate which lines should be numbered
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.everyNth">5</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf line numbering is enabled, everyNth line will be
numbered. Note that numbering is one based, not zero based.
linenumbering.extensionbooleanlinenumbering.extensionEnable the line numbering extension
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, verbatim environments (address, literallayout,
programlisting, screen, synopsis) that specify line numbering will
have line numbers.
linenumbering.separatorstringlinenumbering.separatorSpecify a separator between line numbers and lines
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe separator is inserted between line numbers and lines in the
verbatim environment. The default value is a single white space.
Note the interaction with linenumbering.widthlinenumbering.widthintegerlinenumbering.widthIndicates the width of line numbers
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.width">3</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf line numbering is enabled, line numbers will appear right
justified in a field "width" characters wide.
tablecolumns.extensionbooleantablecolumns.extensionEnable the table columns extension function
<xsl:param name="tablecolumns.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe table columns extension function adjusts the widths of table
columns in the HTML result to more accurately reflect the specifications
in the CALS table.
textinsert.extensionbooleantextinsert.extensionEnables the textinsert extension element
<xsl:param name="textinsert.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe textinsert extension element inserts the contents of
a file into the result tree (as text).To use the textinsert extension element, you must use
either Saxon or Xalan as your XSLT processor (it doesn’t
work with xsltproc), along with either the DocBook Saxon
extensions or DocBook Xalan extensions (for more
information about those extensions, see DocBook Saxon Extensions and DocBook Xalan Extensions), and you must set both
the use.extensions and
textinsert.extension parameters to
1.As an alternative to using the textinsert element,
consider using an Xinclude element with the
parse="text" attribute and value
specified, as detailed in Using XInclude for text inclusions.See AlsoYou can also use the dbhtml-include href processing
instruction to insert external files — both files containing
plain text and files with markup content (including HTML
content).More informationFor how-to documentation on inserting contents of
external code files and other text files into output, see
External code files.For guidelines on inserting contents of
HTML files into output, see Inserting external HTML code.textdata.default.encodingstringtextdata.default.encodingDefault encoding of external text files which are included
using textdata element
<xsl:param name="textdata.default.encoding"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the encoding of any external text files included using
textdata element. This value is used only when you do
not specify encoding by the appropriate attribute
directly on textdata. An empty string is interpreted as the system
default encoding.graphicsize.extensionbooleangraphicsize.extensionEnable the getWidth()/getDepth() extension functions
<xsl:param name="graphicsize.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero (and if use.extensions is non-zero
and if you're using a processor that supports extension functions), the
getWidth and getDepth functions
will be used to extract image sizes from graphics.graphicsize.use.img.src.pathbooleangraphicsize.use.img.src.pathPrepend img.src.path before
filenames passed to extension functions
<xsl:param name="graphicsize.use.img.src.path" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero img.src.path parameter will
be appended before filenames passed to extension functions for
measuring image dimensions.use.extensionsbooleanuse.extensionsEnable extensions
<xsl:param name="use.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, extensions may be used. Each extension is
further controlled by its own parameter. But if
use.extensions is zero, no extensions will
be used.
Automatic labellingchapter.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...chapter.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Chapter titles
<xsl:param name="chapter.autolabel" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, then chapters will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (arabic).
appendix.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...appendix.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Appendix titles
<xsl:param name="appendix.autolabel">A</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then appendices will be numbered using the
parameter value as the number format if the value matches one of the
following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperalpha).
part.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...part.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Part titles
<xsl:param name="part.autolabel">I</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then parts will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperroman).
reference.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...reference.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Reference titles
<xsl:param name="reference.autolabel">I</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, references will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the
following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any non-zero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperroman).
preface.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...preface.autolabelSpecifices the labeling format for Preface titles<xsl:param name="preface.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero then prefaces will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (arabic).
qandadiv.autolabelbooleanqandadiv.autolabelAre divisions in QAndASets enumerated?<xsl:param name="qandadiv.autolabel" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, unlabeled qandadivs will be enumerated.
section.autolabelbooleansection.autolabelAre sections enumerated?<xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf true (non-zero), unlabeled sections will be enumerated.
section.autolabel.max.depthintegersection.autolabel.max.depthThe deepest level of sections that are numbered.
<xsl:param name="section.autolabel.max.depth">8</xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen section numbering is turned on by the
section.autolabel parameter, then this
parameter controls the depth of section nesting that is
numbered. Sections nested to a level deeper than this value will not
be numbered.
section.label.includes.component.labelbooleansection.label.includes.component.labelDo section labels include the component label?<xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, section labels are prefixed with the label of the
component that contains them.
label.from.partbooleanlabel.from.partRenumber components in each part?
<xsl:param name="label.from.part" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf label.from.part is non-zero, then
numbering of components — preface,
chapter, appendix, and
reference (when reference occurs at the
component level) — is re-started within each
part.If label.from.part is zero (the
default), numbering of components is not
re-started within each part; instead, components are
numbered sequentially throughout each book,
regardless of whether or not they occur within part
instances.component.label.includes.part.labelbooleancomponent.label.includes.part.labelDo component labels include the part label?<xsl:param name="component.label.includes.part.label" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, number labels for chapter,
appendix, and other component elements are prefixed with
the label of the part element that contains them. So you might see
Chapter II.3 instead of Chapter 3. Also, the labels for formal
elements such as table and figure will include
the part label. If there is no part element container, then no prefix
is generated.
This feature is most useful when the
label.from.part parameter is turned on.
In that case, there would be more than one chapter1, and the extra part label prefix will identify
each chapter unambiguously.
HTMLhtml.baseurihtml.baseAn HTML base URI
<xsl:param name="html.base"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf html.base is set, it is used for the base element
in the head of the html documents. The parameter specifies
the base URL for all relative URLs in the document. This is useful
for dynamically served html where the base URI needs to be
shifted.html.stylesheet.typestringhtml.stylesheet.typeThe type of the stylesheet used in the generated HTML<xsl:param name="html.stylesheet.type">text/css</xsl:param>DescriptionThe type of the stylesheet to place in the HTML link tag.
html.stylesheetstringhtml.stylesheetName of the stylesheet(s) to use in the generated HTML
<xsl:param name="html.stylesheet"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe html.stylesheet parameter is either
empty, indicating that no stylesheet link tag should be
generated in the html output, or it is a list of one or more
stylesheet files.Multiple stylesheets are space-delimited. If you need to
reference a stylesheet URI that includes a space, encode it with
%20. A separate html link element will
be generated for each stylesheet in the order they are listed in the
parameter.css.decorationbooleancss.decorationEnable CSS decoration of elements
<xsl:param name="css.decoration" select="1"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero, then html elements produced by the stylesheet may be
decorated with style attributes. For example, the
li tags produced for list items may include a
fragment of CSS in the style attribute which sets
the CSS property "list-style-type".
spacing.parasbooleanspacing.parasInsert additional <p> elements for spacing?
<xsl:param name="spacing.paras" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen non-zero, additional, empty paragraphs are inserted in
several contexts (for example, around informal figures), to create a
more pleasing visual appearance in many browsers.
emphasis.propagates.stylebooleanemphasis.propagates.stylePass emphasis role attribute through to HTML?
<xsl:param name="emphasis.propagates.style" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the role attribute of
emphasis elements will be passed through to the HTML as a
class attribute on a span that surrounds the
emphasis.para.propagates.stylebooleanpara.propagates.stylePass para role attribute through to HTML?
<xsl:param name="para.propagates.style" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true, the role attribute of para elements
will be passed through to the HTML as a class attribute on the
p generated for the paragraph.phrase.propagates.stylebooleanphrase.propagates.stylePass phrase role attribute through to HTML?
<xsl:param name="phrase.propagates.style" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, the role attribute of phrase elements
will be passed through to the HTML as a class
attribute on a span that surrounds the
phrase.entry.propagates.stylebooleanentry.propagates.stylePass entry role attribute through to HTML?
<xsl:param name="entry.propagates.style" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true, the role attribute of entry elements
will be passed through to the HTML as a class attribute on the
td or th generated for the table
cell.html.longdescbooleanhtml.longdescShould longdesc URIs be created?
<xsl:param name="html.longdesc" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, HTML files will be created for the
longdesc attribute. These files
are created from the textobjects in
mediaobjects and
inlinemediaobject.
html.longdesc.linkbooleanhtml.longdesc.linkShould a link to the longdesc be included in the HTML?
<xsl:param name="html.longdesc.link" select="$html.longdesc"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, links will be created to the
HTML files created for the
longdesc attribute. It makes no
sense to enable this option without also enabling the
html.longdesc parameter.make.valid.htmlbooleanmake.valid.htmlAttempt to make sure the HTML output is valid HTML
<xsl:param name="make.valid.html" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf make.valid.html is true, the stylesheets take
extra effort to ensure that the resulting HTML is valid. This may mean that some
para tags are translated into HTML divs or
that other substitutions occur.This parameter is different from html.cleanup
because it changes the resulting markup; it does not use extension functions
to manipulate result-tree-fragments and is therefore applicable to any
XSLT processor.html.cleanupbooleanhtml.cleanupAttempt to clean up the resulting HTML?
<xsl:param name="html.cleanup" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, and if the EXSLT
extensions are supported by your processor, the resulting HTML will be
cleaned up. This improves the chances that the
resulting HTML will be valid. It may also improve the formatting of
some elements.This parameter is different from make.valid.html
because it uses extension functions to manipulate result-tree-fragments.html.appendstringhtml.appendSpecifies content to append to HTML output<xsl:param name="html.append"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies content to append to the end of HTML files output by
the html/docbook.xsl stylesheet, after the
closing <html> tag. You probably don’t want to set any
value for this parameter; but if you do, the only value it should ever
be set to is a newline character: 
 or
draft.modelistnoyesmaybedraft.modeSelect draft mode
<xsl:param name="draft.mode">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects draft mode. If draft.mode is
yes, the entire document will be treated
as a draft. If it is no, the entire document
will be treated as a final copy. If it is maybe,
individual sections will be treated as draft or final independently, depending
on how their status attribute is set.
draft.watermark.imageuridraft.watermark.imageThe URI of the image to be used for draft watermarks
<xsl:param name="draft.watermark.image">images/draft.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe image to be used for draft watermarks.generate.id.attributesbooleangenerate.id.attributesGenerate ID attributes on container elements?
<xsl:param name="generate.id.attributes" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the HTML stylesheet will generate ID attributes on
containers. For example, the markup:<section id="foo"><title>Some Title</title>
<para>Some para.</para>
</section>might produce:<div class="section" id="foo">
<h2>Some Title</h2>
<p>Some para.</p>
</div>The alternative is to generate anchors:<div class="section">
<h2><a name="foo"></a>Some Title</h2>
<p>Some para.</p>
</div>Because the name attribute of
the a element and the id
attribute of other tags are both of type ID, producing both
generates invalid documents.As of version 1.50, you can use this switch to control which type of
identifier is generated. For backwards-compatibility, generating
a anchors is preferred.Note: at present, this switch is incompletely implemented.
Disabling ID attributes will suppress them, but enabling ID attributes
will not suppress the anchors.generate.meta.abstractbooleangenerate.meta.abstractGenerate HTML META element from abstract?
<xsl:param name="generate.meta.abstract" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, document abstracts will be reproduced in the HTML
head, with >meta name="description" content="..."make.clean.htmlbooleanmake.clean.htmlMake HTML conform to modern coding standards
<xsl:param name="make.clean.html" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf make.clean.html is true, the stylesheets take
extra effort to ensure that the resulting HTML is conforms to
modern HTML coding standards. In addition to eliminating
excessive and noncompliant coding, it moves presentation
HTML coding to a CSS stylesheet.The resulting HTML is dependent on
CSS for formatting, and so the stylesheet is capable of
generating a supporting CSS file. The docbook.css.source
and custom.css.source parameters control
how a CSS file is generated.If you require your CSS to reside in the HTML
head element, then the generate.css.header
can be used to do that.The make.clean.html parameter is
different from html.cleanup
because the former changes the resulting markup; it does not use extension functions
like the latter to manipulate result-tree-fragments,
and is therefore applicable to any XSLT processor.If make.clean.html is set to zero (the default),
then the stylesheet retains its original
old style
HTML formatting features.docbook.css.sourcestringdocbook.css.sourceName of the default CSS input file<xsl:param name="docbook.css.source">docbook.css.xml</xsl:param>DescriptionThe docbook.css.source parameter
specifies the name of the file containing the default DocBook
CSS styles. Those styles are necessary when the
make.clean.html parameter is nonzero.The file is a well-formed XML file that
must consist of a single style root
element that contains CSS styles as its text content.
The default value of the parameter (and filename)
is docbook.css.xml.
The stylesheets ship with the default file. You can substitute
your own and specify its path in this parameter.If docbook.css.source is not blank,
and make.clean.html is nonzero, then
the stylesheet takes the following actions:The stylesheet uses the XSLT document()
function to open the file specified by the parameter and
load it into a variable.The stylesheet forms an output pathname consisting of the
value of the base.dir parameter (if it is set)
and the value of docbook.css.source,
with the .xml suffix stripped off.
The stylesheet removes the style
wrapper element and writes just the CSS text content to the output file.The stylesheet adds a link element to the
HTML HEAD element to reference the external CSS stylesheet.
For example:<link rel="stylesheet" href="docbook.css" type="text/css">
However, if the docbook.css.link
parameter is set to zero, then no link is written
for the default CSS file. That is useful if a custom
CSS file will import the default CSS stylesheet to ensure
proper cascading of styles.If the docbook.css.source parameter
is changed from its default docbook.css.xml to blank,
then no default CSS is generated. Likewise if the
make.clean.html parameter is set to zero,
then no default CSS is generated. The
custom.css.source parameter can be used
instead to generate a complete custom CSS file.You can use the generate.css.header
parameter to instead write the CSS to each HTML HEAD
element in a style tag instead of an external CSS file.docbook.css.linkbooleandocbook.css.linkInsert a link referencing the default CSS stylesheet
<xsl:param name="docbook.css.link" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe stylesheets are capable of generating a default
CSS stylesheet file. The parameters
make.clean.html and
docbook.css.source control that feature.Normally if a default CSS file is generated, then
the stylesheet inserts a link tag in the HTML
HEAD element to reference it.
However, you can omit that link reference if
you set the docbook.css.link to zero
(1 is the default).This parameter is useful when you want to import the
default CSS into a custom CSS file generated using the
custom.css.source parameter.
custom.css.sourcestringcustom.css.sourceName of a custom CSS input file<xsl:param name="custom.css.source"></xsl:param>DescriptionThe custom.css.source
parameter enables you to add CSS styles to DocBook's
HTML output.The parameter
specifies the name of a file containing custom
CSS styles. The file must be a well-formed XML file that
consists of a single style root
element that contains CSS styles as its text content.
For example:<?xml version="1.0"?>
<style>
h2 {
font-weight: bold;
color: blue;
}
...
</style>
The filename specified by the parameter
should have a .xml
filename suffix, although that is not required.
The default value of this parameter is blank.If custom.css.source is not blank, then
the stylesheet takes the following actions.
These actions take place regardless of the value of
the make.clean.html parameter.The stylesheet uses the XSLT document()
function to open the file specified by the parameter and
load it into a variable.The stylesheet forms an output pathname consisting of the
value of the base.dir parameter (if it is set)
and the value of custom.css.source,
with the .xml suffix stripped off.
The stylesheet removes the style
wrapper element and writes just the CSS text content to the output file.The stylesheet adds a link element to the
HTML HEAD element to reference this external CSS stylesheet.
For example:
<link rel="stylesheet" href="custom.css" type="text/css">
If the make.clean.html parameter is nonzero
(the default is zero),
and if the docbook.css.source parameter
is not blank (the default is not blank),
then the stylesheet will also generate a default CSS file
and add a link tag to reference it.
The link to the custom CSS comes after the
link to the default, so it should cascade properly
in most browsers.
If you do not want two link tags, and
instead want your custom CSS to import the default generated
CSS file, then do the following:
Add a line like the following to your custom CSS source file:@import url("docbook.css")
Set the docbook.css.link parameter
to zero. This will omit the link tag
that references the default CSS file.If you set make.clean.html to nonzero but
you do not want the default CSS generated, then also set
the docbook.css.source parameter to blank.
Then no default CSS will be generated, and so
all CSS styles must come from your custom CSS file.You can use the generate.css.header
parameter to instead write the CSS to each HTML HEAD
element in a style tag instead of an external CSS file.generate.css.headerbooleangenerate.css.headerInsert generated CSS styles in HEAD element
<xsl:param name="generate.css.header" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe stylesheets are capable of generating both default
and custom CSS stylesheet files. The parameters
make.clean.html,
docbook.css.source, and
custom.css.source control that feature.If you require that CSS styles reside in the HTML
HEAD element instead of external CSS files,
then set the generate.css.header
parameter to nonzero (it is zero by default).
Then instead of generating the CSS in external files,
they are wrapped in style elements in
the HEAD element of each HTML output file.
XSLT ProcessingrootidstringrootidSpecify the root element to format
<xsl:param name="rootid"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf rootid is not empty, it must be the
value of an ID that occurs in the document being formatted. The entire
document will be loaded and parsed, but formatting will begin at the
element identified, rather than at the root. For example, this allows
you to process only chapter 4 of a book.Because the entire document is available to the processor, automatic
numbering, cross references, and other dependencies are correctly
resolved.suppress.navigationbooleansuppress.navigationDisable header and footer navigation
<xsl:param name="suppress.navigation" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero, header and footer navigation will be suppressed.suppress.header.navigationbooleansuppress.header.navigationDisable header navigation
<xsl:param name="suppress.header.navigation" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, header navigation will be suppressed.suppress.footer.navigationbooleansuppress.footer.navigationDisable footer navigation<xsl:param name="suppress.footer.navigation">0</xsl:param>Description
If non-zero, footer navigation will be suppressed.header.rulebooleanheader.ruleRule under headers?
<xsl:param name="header.rule" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a rule will be drawn below the page headers.footer.rulebooleanfooter.ruleRule over footers?
<xsl:param name="footer.rule" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a rule will be drawn above the page footers.id.warningsbooleanid.warningsShould warnings be generated for titled elements without IDs?
<xsl:param name="id.warnings" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the stylesheet will issue a warning for any element
(other than the root element) which has a title but does not have an
ID.Meta/*Info and Titlepagesinherit.keywordsbooleaninherit.keywordsInherit keywords from ancestor elements?
<xsl:param name="inherit.keywords" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf inherit.keywords
is non-zero, the keyword meta for each HTML
head element will include all of the keywords from
ancestor elements. Otherwise, only the keywords from the current section
will be used.
make.single.year.rangesbooleanmake.single.year.rangesPrint single-year ranges (e.g., 1998-1999)
<xsl:param name="make.single.year.ranges" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, year ranges that span a single year will be printed
in range notation (1998-1999) instead of discrete notation
(1998, 1999).make.year.rangesbooleanmake.year.rangesCollate copyright years into ranges?<xsl:param name="make.year.ranges" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, multiple copyright year elements will be
collated into ranges.
This works only if each year number is put into a separate
year element. The copyright element permits multiple
year elements. If a year element contains a dash or
a comma, then that year element will not be merged into
any range.
author.othername.in.middlebooleanauthor.othername.in.middleIs othername in author a
middle name?
<xsl:param name="author.othername.in.middle" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, the othername of an author
appears between the firstname and
surname. Otherwise, othername
is suppressed.
blurb.on.titlepage.enabledbooleanblurb.on.titlepage.enabledDisplay personblurb and authorblurb on title pages?
<xsl:param name="blurb.on.titlepage.enabled" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, output from authorblurb and
personblurb elements is displayed on title pages. If zero
(the default), output from those elements is suppressed on title pages
(unless you are using a titlepage customization
that causes them to be included).contrib.inline.enabledbooleancontrib.inline.enabledDisplay contrib output inline?<xsl:param name="contrib.inline.enabled">1</xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero (the default), output of the contrib element is
displayed as inline content rather than as block content.editedby.enabledbooleaneditedby.enabledDisplay “Edited by” heading above editor name?<xsl:param name="editedby.enabled">1</xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, a localized Edited
by heading is displayed above editor names in output of the
editor element.abstract.notitle.enabledbooleanabstract.notitle.enabledSuppress display of abstract titles?<xsl:param name="abstract.notitle.enabled" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, in output of the abstract element on titlepages,
display of the abstract title is suppressed.othercredit.like.author.enabledbooleanothercredit.like.author.enabledDisplay othercredit in same style as author?<xsl:param name="othercredit.like.author.enabled">0</xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, output of the
othercredit element on titlepages is displayed in
the same style as author and
editor output. If zero then
othercredit output is displayed using a style
different than that of author and
editor.generate.legalnotice.linkbooleangenerate.legalnotice.linkWrite legalnotice to separate chunk and generate link?<xsl:param name="generate.legalnotice.link" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf the value of generate.legalnotice.link
is non-zero, the stylesheet:
writes the contents of legalnotice to a separate
HTML fileinserts a hyperlink to the legalnotice fileadds (in the HTML head) either a single
link or element or multiple
link elements (depending on the value of the
html.head.legalnotice.link.multiple
parameter), with the value or values derived from the
html.head.legalnotice.link.types
parameter
Otherwise, if generate.legalnotice.link is
zero, legalnotice contents are rendered on the title
page.The name of the separate HTML file is computed as follows:
If a filename is given by the dbhtml filename
processing instruction, that filename is used.If the legalnotice has an id/xml:id
attribute, and if use.id.as.filename != 0, the filename
is the concatenation of the id value and the value of the html.ext
parameter.If the legalnotice does not have an id/xml:id
attribute, or if use.id.as.filename = 0, the filename is the concatenation of "ln-",
auto-generated id value, and html.ext value.
generate.revhistory.linkbooleangenerate.revhistory.linkWrite revhistory to separate chunk and generate link?<xsl:param name="generate.revhistory.link" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, the contents of revhistory are written
to a separate HTML file and a link to the file is
generated. Otherwise, revhistory contents are rendered on
the title page.The name of the separate HTML file is computed as follows:
If a filename is given by the dbhtml filename processing instruction,
that filename is used.If the revhistory has an id/xml:id
attribute, and if use.id.as.filename != 0, the filename is the concatenation of
the id value and the value of the html.ext parameter.If the revhistory does not have an id/xml:id
attribute, or if use.id.as.filename = 0, the filename is the concatenation of "rh-",
auto-generated id value, and html.ext value.
html.head.legalnotice.link.typesstringhtml.head.legalnotice.link.typesSpecifies link types for legalnotice link in html head
<xsl:param name="html.head.legalnotice.link.types">copyright</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of
html.head.legalnotice.link.types is a
space-separated list of link types, as described in Section 6.12
of the HTML 4.01 specification. If the value of the
generate.legalnotice.link parameter is
non-zero, then the stylesheet generates (in the
head section of the HTML source) either a single
HTML link element or, if the value of the
html.head.legalnotice.link.multiple is
non-zero, one link element for each link type
specified. Each link has the following attributes:
a rel attribute whose
value is derived from the value of
html.head.legalnotice.link.typesan href attribute whose
value is set to the URL of the file containing the
legalnoticea title attribute whose
value is set to the title of the corresponding
legalnotice (or a title programatically
determined by the stylesheet)
For example:
<link rel="license" href="ln-id2524073.html" title="Legal Notice">About the default valueIn an ideal world, the default value of
html.head.legalnotice.link.types would
probably be “license”, since the content of the
DocBook legalnotice is typically license
information, not copyright information. However, the default value
is “copyright” for pragmatic reasons: because
that’s among the set of “recognized link types” listed in Section
6.12 of the HTML 4.01 specification, and because certain
browsers and browser extensions are preconfigured to recognize that
value.html.head.legalnotice.link.multiplebooleanhtml.head.legalnotice.link.multipleGenerate multiple link instances in html head for legalnotice?
<xsl:param name="html.head.legalnotice.link.multiple" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf html.head.legalnotice.link.multiple is
non-zero and the value of
html.head.legalnotice.link.types contains
multiple link types, then the stylesheet generates (in the
head section of the HTML source) one
link element for each link type specified. For
example, if the value of
html.head.legalnotice.link.types is
“copyright license”:
<link rel="copyright" href="ln-id2524073.html" title="Legal Notice">
<link rel="license" href="ln-id2524073.html" title="Legal Notice">
Otherwise, the stylesheet generates generates a single
link instance; for example:
<link rel="copyright license" href="ln-id2524073.html" title="Legal Notice">Reference Pagesfuncsynopsis.decorationbooleanfuncsynopsis.decorationDecorate elements of a funcsynopsis?
<xsl:param name="funcsynopsis.decoration" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, elements of the funcsynopsis will be
decorated (e.g. rendered as bold or italic text). The decoration is controlled by
templates that can be redefined in a customization layer.
funcsynopsis.stylelistansikrfuncsynopsis.styleWhat style of funcsynopsis should be generated?<xsl:param name="funcsynopsis.style">kr</xsl:param>DescriptionIf funcsynopsis.style is ansi,
ANSI-style function synopses are generated for a
funcsynopsis, otherwise K&R-style
function synopses are generated.
function.parensbooleanfunction.parensGenerate parens after a function?
<xsl:param name="function.parens" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the formatting of a function element
will include generated parentheses.
refentry.generate.namebooleanrefentry.generate.nameOutput NAME header before refnames?
<xsl:param name="refentry.generate.name" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a "NAME" section title is output before the list
of refnames. This parameter and
refentry.generate.title are mutually
exclusive. This means that if you change this parameter to zero, you
should set refentry.generate.title to non-zero unless
you want get quite strange output.
refentry.generate.titlebooleanrefentry.generate.titleOutput title before refnames?
<xsl:param name="refentry.generate.title" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the reference page title or first name is
output before the list of refnames. This parameter and
refentry.generate.name are mutually exclusive.
This means that if you change this parameter to non-zero, you
should set refentry.generate.name to zero unless
you want get quite strange output.refentry.xref.manvolnumbooleanrefentry.xref.manvolnumOutput manvolnum as part of
refentry cross-reference?
<xsl:param name="refentry.xref.manvolnum" select="1"></xsl:param>
Descriptionif non-zero, the manvolnum is used when cross-referencing
refentrys, either with xref
or citerefentry.
citerefentry.linkbooleanciterefentry.linkGenerate URL links when cross-referencing RefEntrys?
<xsl:param name="citerefentry.link" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, a web link will be generated, presumably
to an online man->HTML gateway. The text of the link is
generated by the generate.citerefentry.link template.
refentry.separatorbooleanrefentry.separatorGenerate a separator between consecutive RefEntry elements?
<xsl:param name="refentry.separator" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true, a separator will be generated between consecutive
reference pages.
refclass.suppressbooleanrefclass.suppressSuppress display of refclass contents?
<xsl:param name="refclass.suppress" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf the value of refclass.suppress is
non-zero, then display of refclass contents is
suppressed in output.Tablesdefault.table.widthlengthdefault.table.widthThe default width of tables
<xsl:param name="default.table.width"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, this value will be used for the
width attribute on tables that do not specify an
alternate width (with the dbhtml table-width or
dbfo table-width processing instruction).nominal.table.widthlengthnominal.table.widthThe (absolute) nominal width of tables
<xsl:param name="nominal.table.width">6in</xsl:param>
DescriptionIn order to convert CALS column widths into HTML column widths, it
is sometimes necessary to have an absolute table width to use for conversion
of mixed absolute and relative widths. This value must be an absolute
length (not a percentage).table.borders.with.cssbooleantable.borders.with.cssUse CSS to specify table, row, and cell borders?
<xsl:param name="table.borders.with.css" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, CSS will be used to draw table borders.
table.cell.border.stylelistnonesoliddotteddasheddoublegrooveridgeinsetoutsetsolidtable.cell.border.styleSpecifies the border style of table cells
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.style">solid</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border style of table cells.To control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.cell.border.thicknesslengthtable.cell.border.thicknessSpecifies the thickness of table cell borders
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.thickness">0.5pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, specifies the thickness of borders on table
cells. The units are points. See
CSSTo control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.cell.border.colorcolortable.cell.border.colorSpecifies the border color of table cells
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.color"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the color of table cell borders. If non-zero, the value is used
for the border coloration. See CSS. A
color is either a keyword or a numerical RGB specification.
Keywords are aqua, black, blue, fuchsia, gray, green, lime, maroon,
navy, olive, orange, purple, red, silver, teal, white, and
yellow.To control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.frame.border.stylelistnonesoliddotteddasheddoublegrooveridgeinsetoutsetsolidtable.frame.border.styleSpecifies the border style of table frames
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.style">solid</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border style of table frames.table.frame.border.thicknesslengthtable.frame.border.thicknessSpecifies the thickness of the frame border
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.thickness">0.5pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the thickness of the border on the table's frame.table.frame.border.colorcolortable.frame.border.colorSpecifies the border color of table frames
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.color"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border color of table frames.default.table.framestringdefault.table.frameThe default framing of tables
<xsl:param name="default.table.frame">all</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis value will be used when there is no frame attribute on the
table. html.cellspacingintegerhtml.cellspacingDefault value for cellspacing in HTML tables
<xsl:param name="html.cellspacing"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, this value will be used as the default cellspacing
value in HTML tables. nn for pixels or nn% for percentage
length. E.g. 5 or 5%html.cellpaddingintegerhtml.cellpaddingDefault value for cellpadding in HTML tables
<xsl:param name="html.cellpadding"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, this value will be used as the default cellpadding value
in HTML tables. nn for pixels or nn% for percentage length. E.g. 5 or
5%QAndASetqanda.defaultlabellistnumberqandanoneqanda.defaultlabelSets the default for defaultlabel on QandASet.
<xsl:param name="qanda.defaultlabel">number</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf no defaultlabel attribute is specified on
a qandaset, this value is used. It is generally one of the legal
values for the defaultlabel attribute (none,
number or
qanda), or one of the additional stylesheet-specific values
(qnumber or qnumberanda).
The default value is 'number'.
The values are rendered as follows:qandaquestions are labeled "Q:" and
answers are labeled "A:". numberThe questions are enumerated and the answers
are not labeled. qnumberThe questions are labeled "Q:" followed by a number, and answers are not
labeled.
When sections are numbered, adding a label
to the number distinguishes the question numbers
from the section numbers.
This value is not allowed in the
defaultlabel attribute
of a qandaset element.qnumberandaThe questions are labeled "Q:" followed by a number, and
the answers are labeled "A:".
When sections are numbered, adding a label
to the number distinguishes the question numbers
from the section numbers.
This value is not allowed in the
defaultlabel attribute
of a qandaset element.noneNo distinguishing label precedes Questions or Answers.
qanda.inherit.numerationbooleanqanda.inherit.numerationDoes enumeration of QandASet components inherit the numeration of parent elements?
<xsl:param name="qanda.inherit.numeration" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, numbered qandadiv elements and
question and answer inherit the enumeration of
the ancestors of the qandaset.
qanda.in.tocbooleanqanda.in.tocShould qandaentry questions appear in
the document table of contents?<xsl:param name="qanda.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf true (non-zero), then the generated table of contents
for a document will include qandaset titles,
qandadiv titles,
and question elements. The default value (zero) excludes
them from the TOC.
This parameter does not affect any tables of contents
that may be generated inside a qandaset or qandadiv.
qanda.nested.in.tocbooleanqanda.nested.in.tocShould nested answer/qandaentry instances appear in TOC?
<xsl:param name="qanda.nested.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, instances of qandaentry
that are children of answer elements are shown in
the TOC.Linkingtarget.database.documenturitarget.database.documentName of master database file for resolving
olinks
<xsl:param name="target.database.document">olinkdb.xml</xsl:param>
Description
To resolve olinks between documents, the stylesheets use a master
database document that identifies the target datafiles for all the
documents within the scope of the olinks. This parameter value is the
URI of the master document to be read during processing to resolve
olinks. The default value is olinkdb.xml.The data structure of the file is defined in the
targetdatabase.dtd DTD. The database file
provides the high level elements to record the identifiers, locations,
and relationships of documents. The cross reference data for
individual documents is generally pulled into the database using
system entity references or XIncludes. See also
targets.filename. targets.filenamestringtargets.filenameName of cross reference targets data file
<xsl:param name="targets.filename">target.db</xsl:param>
Description
In order to resolve olinks efficiently, the stylesheets can
generate an external data file containing information about
all potential cross reference endpoints in a document.
This parameter lets you change the name of the generated
file from the default name target.db.
The name must agree with that used in the target database
used to resolve olinks during processing.
See also target.database.document.
olink.base.uriuriolink.base.uriBase URI used in olink hrefs
<xsl:param name="olink.base.uri"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen cross reference data is collected for resolving olinks, it
may be necessary to prepend a base URI to each target's href. This
parameter lets you set that base URI when cross reference data is
collected. This feature is needed when you want to link to a document
that is processed without chunking. The output filename for such a
document is not known to the XSL stylesheet; the only target
information consists of fragment identifiers such as
#idref. To enable the resolution of olinks between
documents, you should pass the name of the HTML output file as the
value of this parameter. Then the hrefs recorded in the cross
reference data collection look like
outfile.html#idref, which can be reached as links
from other documents.use.local.olink.stylebooleanuse.local.olink.styleProcess olinks using xref style of current
document
<xsl:param name="use.local.olink.style" select="0"></xsl:param> DescriptionWhen cross reference data is collected for use by olinks, the data for each potential target includes one field containing a completely assembled cross reference string, as if it were an xref generated in that document. Other fields record the separate title, number, and element name of each target. When an olink is formed to a target from another document, the olink resolves to that preassembled string by default. If the use.local.olink.style parameter is set to non-zero, then instead the cross
reference string is formed again from the target title, number, and
element name, using the stylesheet processing the targeting document.
Then olinks will match the xref style in the targeting document
rather than in the target document. If both documents are processed
with the same stylesheet, then the results will be the same.current.docidstringcurrent.docidtargetdoc identifier for the document being
processed
<xsl:param name="current.docid"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen olinks between documents are resolved for HTML output, the stylesheet can compute the relative path between the current document and the target document. The stylesheet needs to know the targetdoc identifiers for both documents, as they appear in the target.database.document database file. This parameter passes to the stylesheet
the targetdoc identifier of the current document, since that
identifier does not appear in the document itself. This parameter can also be used for print output. If an olink's targetdoc id differs from the current.docid, then the stylesheet can append the target document's title to the generated olink text. That identifies to the reader that the link is to a different document, not the current document. See also olink.doctitle to enable that feature.olink.doctitlelistnoyesmaybeolink.doctitleshow the document title for external olinks?
<xsl:param name="olink.doctitle">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen olinks between documents are resolved, the generated text
may not make it clear that the reference is to another document.
It is possible for the stylesheets to append the other document's
title to external olinks. For this to happen, two parameters must
be set.This olink.doctitle parameter
should be set to either yes or maybe
to enable this feature.
And you should also set the current.docid
parameter to the document id for the document currently
being processed for output.
Then if an olink's targetdoc id differs from
the current.docid value, the stylesheet knows
that it is a reference to another document and can
append the target document's
title to the generated olink text. The text for the target document's title is copied from the
olink database from the ttl element
of the top-level div for that document.
If that ttl element is missing or empty,
no title is output.
The supported values for olink.doctitle are:
yes
Always insert the title to the target document if it is not
the current document.
no
Never insert the title to the target document, even if requested
in an xrefstyle attribute.
maybe
Only insert the title to the target document, if requested
in an xrefstyle attribute.
An xrefstyle attribute
may override the global setting for individual olinks.
The following values are supported in an
xrefstyle
attribute using the select: syntax:
docname
Insert the target document name for this olink using the
docname gentext template, but only
if the value of olink.doctitle
is not no.
docnamelong
Insert the target document name for this olink using the
docnamelong gentext template, but only
if the value of olink.doctitle
is not no.
nodocname
Omit the target document name even if
the value of olink.doctitle
is yes.
Another way of inserting the target document name
for a single olink is to employ an
xrefstyle
attribute using the template: syntax.
The %o placeholder (the letter o, not zero)
in such a template
will be filled in with the target document's title when it is processed.
This will occur regardless of
the value of olink.doctitle.
Note that prior to version 1.66 of the XSL stylesheets,
the allowed values for this parameter were 0 and 1. Those
values are still supported and mapped to 'no' and 'yes', respectively.
olink.debugbooleanolink.debugTurn on debugging messages for olinks
<xsl:param name="olink.debug" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then each olink will generate several
messages about how it is being resolved during processing.
This is useful when an olink does not resolve properly
and the standard error messages are not sufficient to
find the problem.
You may need to read through the olink XSL templates
to understand the context for some of the debug messages.
olink.propertiesattribute setolink.propertiesProperties associated with the cross-reference
text of an olink.
<xsl:attribute-set name="olink.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="show-destination">replace</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the
fo:basic-link element of an olink. It is not applied to the
optional page number or optional title of the external
document.olink.lang.fallback.sequencestringolink.lang.fallback.sequencelook up translated documents if olink not found?
<xsl:param name="olink.lang.fallback.sequence"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter defines a list of lang values
to search among to resolve olinks.
Normally an olink tries to resolve to a document in the same
language as the olink itself. The language of an olink
is determined by its nearest ancestor element with a
lang attribute, otherwise the
value of the l10n.gentext.default.lang
parameter.
An olink database can contain target data for the same
document in multiple languages. Each set of data has the
same value for the targetdoc attribute in
the document element in the database, but with a
different lang attribute value.
When an olink is being resolved, the target is first
sought in the document with the same language as the olink.
If no match is found there, then this parameter is consulted
for additional languages to try.The olink.lang.fallback.sequence
must be a whitespace separated list of lang values to
try. The first one with a match in the olink database is used.
The default value is empty.For example, a document might be written in German
and contain an olink with
targetdoc="adminguide".
When the document is processed, the processor
first looks for a target dataset in the
olink database starting with:<document targetdoc="adminguide" lang="de">.
If there is no such element, then the
olink.lang.fallback.sequence
parameter is consulted.
If its value is, for example, fr en, then the processor next
looks for targetdoc="adminguide" lang="fr", and
then for targetdoc="adminguide" lang="en".
If there is still no match, it looks for
targetdoc="adminguide" with no
lang attribute.
This parameter is useful when a set of documents is only
partially translated, or is in the process of being translated.
If a target of an olink has not yet been translated, then this
parameter permits the processor to look for the document in
other languages. This assumes the reader would rather have
a link to a document in a different language than to have
a broken link.
insert.olink.page.numberlistnoyesmaybeinsert.olink.page.numberTurns page numbers in olinks on and off
<xsl:param name="insert.olink.page.number">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines if
cross references made between documents with
olink will
include page number citations.
In most cases this is only applicable to references in printed output.
The parameter has three possible values.
noNo page number references will be generated for olinks.
yesPage number references will be generated
for all olink references.
The style of page reference may be changed
if an xrefstyle
attribute is used.
maybePage number references will not be generated
for an olink element unless
it has an
xrefstyle
attribute whose value specifies a page reference.
Olinks that point to targets within the same document
are treated as xrefs, and controlled by
the insert.xref.page.number parameter.
Page number references for olinks to
external documents can only be inserted if the
information exists in the olink database.
This means each olink target element
(div or obj)
must have a page attribute
whose value is its page number in the target document.
The XSL stylesheets are not able to extract that information
during processing because pages have not yet been created in
XSLT transformation. Only the XSL-FO processor knows what
page each element is placed on.
Therefore some postprocessing must take place to populate
page numbers in the olink database.
insert.olink.pdf.fragbooleaninsert.olink.pdf.fragAdd fragment identifiers for links into PDF files
<xsl:param name="insert.olink.pdf.frag" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines whether
the cross reference URIs to PDF documents made with
olink will
include fragment identifiers.
When forming a URI to link to a PDF document,
a fragment identifier (typically a '#' followed by an
id value) appended to the PDF filename can be used by
the PDF viewer to open
the PDF file to a location within the document instead of
the first page.
However, not all PDF files have id
values embedded in them, and not all PDF viewers can
handle fragment identifiers.
If insert.olink.pdf.frag is set
to a non-zero value, then any olink targeting a
PDF file will have the fragment identifier appended to the URI.
The URI is formed by concatenating the value of the
olink.base.uri parameter, the
value of the baseuri
attribute from the document
element in the olink database with the matching
targetdoc value,
and the value of the href
attribute for the targeted element in the olink database.
The href attribute
contains the fragment identifier.
If insert.olink.pdf.frag is set
to zero (the default value), then
the href attribute
from the olink database
is not appended to PDF olinks, so the fragment identifier is left off.
A PDF olink is any olink for which the
baseuri attribute
from the matching document
element in the olink database ends with '.pdf'.
Any other olinks will still have the fragment identifier added.
prefer.internal.olinkbooleanprefer.internal.olinkPrefer a local olink reference to an external reference
<xsl:param name="prefer.internal.olink" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you are re-using XML content modules in multiple documents,
you may want to redirect some of your olinks. This parameter
permits you to redirect an olink to the current document.
For example: you are writing documentation for a product,
which includes 3 manuals: a little installation
booklet (booklet.xml), a user
guide (user.xml), and a reference manual (reference.xml).
All 3 documents begin with the same introduction section (intro.xml) that
contains a reference to the customization section (custom.xml) which is
included in both user.xml and reference.xml documents.
How do you write the link to custom.xml in intro.xml
so that it is interpreted correctly in all 3 documents?If you use xref, it will fail in user.xml.If you use olink (pointing to reference.xml),
the reference in user.xml
will point to the customization section of the reference manual, while it is
actually available in user.xml.If you set the prefer.internal.olink
parameter to a non-zero value, then the processor will
first look in the olink database
for the olink's targetptr attribute value
in document matching the current.docid
parameter value. If it isn't found there, then
it tries the document in the database
with the targetdoc
value that matches the olink's targetdoc
attribute.
This feature permits an olink reference to resolve to
the current document if there is an element
with an id matching the olink's targetptr
value. The current document's olink data must be
included in the target database for this to work.There is a potential for incorrect links if
the same id attribute value is used for different
content in different documents.
Some of your olinks may be redirected to the current document
when they shouldn't be. It is not possible to control
individual olink instances.link.mailto.urlstringlink.mailto.urlMailto URL for the LINK REL=made HTML HEAD element
<xsl:param name="link.mailto.url"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf not the empty string, this address will be used for the
rel=made link element in the html headulink.targetstringulink.targetThe HTML anchor target for ULinks
<xsl:param name="ulink.target">_top</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf ulink.target is non-zero, its value will
be used for the target attribute
on anchors generated for ulinks.olink.fragidstringolink.fragidNames the fragment identifier portion of an OLink resolver query
<xsl:param name="olink.fragid">fragid=</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe fragment identifier portion of an olink target.olink.outline.extstringolink.outline.extThe extension of OLink outline files
<xsl:param name="olink.outline.ext">.olink</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe extension to be expected for OLink outline filesBob has this parameter as dead. Please don't useolink.pubidstringolink.pubidNames the public identifier portion of an OLink resolver query
<xsl:param name="olink.pubid">pubid</xsl:param>
Descriptionolink.sysidstringolink.sysidNames the system identifier portion of an OLink resolver query
<xsl:param name="olink.sysid">sysid</xsl:param>
DescriptionFIXMEolink.resolverstringolink.resolverThe root name of the OLink resolver (usually a script)
<xsl:param name="olink.resolver">/cgi-bin/olink</xsl:param>
DescriptionFIXME:Cross Referencescollect.xref.targetslistnoyesonlycollect.xref.targetsControls whether cross reference data is
collected
<xsl:param name="collect.xref.targets">no</xsl:param>
Description
In order to resolve olinks efficiently, the stylesheets can
generate an external data file containing information about
all potential cross reference endpoints in a document.
This parameter determines whether the collection process is run when the document is processed by the stylesheet. The default value is no, which means the data file is not generated during processing. The other choices are yes, which means the data file is created and the document is processed for output, and only, which means the data file is created but the document is not processed for output.
See also targets.filename.
insert.xref.page.numberlistnoyesmaybeinsert.xref.page.numberTurns page numbers in xrefs on and off
<xsl:param name="insert.xref.page.number">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines if
cross references (xrefs) in
printed output will
include page number citations.
It has three possible values.
noNo page number references will be generated.
yesPage number references will be generated
for all xref elements.
The style of page reference may be changed
if an xrefstyle
attribute is used.
maybePage number references will not be generated
for an xref element unless
it has an
xrefstyle
attribute whose value specifies a page reference.
use.role.as.xrefstylebooleanuse.role.as.xrefstyleUse role attribute for
xrefstyle on xref?
<xsl:param name="use.role.as.xrefstyle" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIn DocBook documents that conform to a schema older than V4.3, this parameter allows
role to serve the purpose of specifying the cross reference style.If non-zero, the role attribute on
xref will be used to select the cross reference style.
In DocBook V4.3, the xrefstyle attribute was added for this purpose.
If the xrefstyle attribute is present,
role will be ignored, regardless of the setting
of this parameter.ExampleThe following small stylesheet shows how to configure the
stylesheets to make use of the cross reference style:<?xml version="1.0"?>
<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
version="1.0">
<xsl:import href="../xsl/html/docbook.xsl"/>
<xsl:output method="html"/>
<xsl:param name="local.l10n.xml" select="document('')"/>
<l:i18n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0">
<l:l10n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0" language="en">
<l:context name="xref">
<l:template name="chapter" style="title" text="Chapter %n, %t"/>
<l:template name="chapter" text="Chapter %n"/>
</l:context>
</l:l10n>
</l:i18n>
</xsl:stylesheet>With this stylesheet, the cross references in the following document:<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
<book id="book"><title>Book</title>
<preface>
<title>Preface</title>
<para>Normal: <xref linkend="ch1"/>.</para>
<para>Title: <xref xrefstyle="title" linkend="ch1"/>.</para>
</preface>
<chapter id="ch1">
<title>First Chapter</title>
<para>Irrelevant.</para>
</chapter>
</book>will appear as:Normal: Chapter 1.Title: Chapter 1, First Chapter.xref.with.number.and.titlebooleanxref.with.number.and.titleUse number and title in cross references
<xsl:param name="xref.with.number.and.title" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionA cross reference may include the number (for example, the number of
an example or figure) and the title which is a required child of some
targets. This parameter inserts both the relevant number as well as
the title into the link. xref.label-page.separatorstringxref.label-page.separatorPunctuation or space separating label from page number in xref<xsl:param name="xref.label-page.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both label and page
but no title,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
label and page number in the output.
If a title is included, then other separators are used.
xref.label-title.separatorstringxref.label-title.separatorPunctuation or space separating label from title in xref<xsl:param name="xref.label-title.separator">: </xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both label and title,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
label and title in the output.
xref.title-page.separatorstringxref.title-page.separatorPunctuation or space separating title from page number in xref<xsl:param name="xref.title-page.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both title and page number,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
title and page number in the output.
Listssegmentedlist.as.tablebooleansegmentedlist.as.tableFormat segmented lists as tables?
<xsl:param name="segmentedlist.as.table" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, segmentedlists will be formatted as
tables.variablelist.as.tablebooleanvariablelist.as.tableFormat variablelists as tables?
<xsl:param name="variablelist.as.table" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, variablelists will be formatted as
tables. A processing instruction exists to specify a particular width for the
column containing the terms:
dbhtml term-width=".25in"You can override this setting with a processing instruction as the
child of variablelist: dbhtml
list-presentation="table" or dbhtml
list-presentation="list".This parameter only applies to the HTML transformations. In the
FO case, proper list markup is robust enough to handle the formatting.
But see also variablelist.as.blocks. <variablelist>
<?dbhtml list-presentation="table"?>
<?dbhtml term-width="1.5in"?>
<?dbfo list-presentation="list"?>
<?dbfo term-width="1in"?>
<varlistentry>
<term>list</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Formatted as a table even if variablelist.as.table is set to 0.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>variablelist.term.separatorstringvariablelist.term.separatorText to separate terms within a multi-term
varlistentry
<xsl:param name="variablelist.term.separator">, </xsl:param>DescriptionWhen a varlistentry contains multiple term
elements, the string specified in the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter is placed
after each term except the last.To generate a line break between multiple terms in
a varlistentry, set a non-zero value for the
variablelist.term.break.after parameter. If
you do so, you may also want to set the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter to an
empty string (to suppress rendering of the default comma and space
after each term).variablelist.term.break.afterbooleanvariablelist.term.break.afterGenerate line break after each term within a
multi-term varlistentry?
<xsl:param name="variablelist.term.break.after">0</xsl:param>DescriptionSet a non-zero value for the
variablelist.term.break.after parameter to
generate a line break between terms in a
multi-term varlistentry.If you set a non-zero value for
variablelist.term.break.after, you may also
want to set the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter to an
empty string (to suppress rendering of the default comma and space
after each term).Bibliographybibliography.stylelistnormaliso690bibliography.styleStyle used for formatting of biblioentries.
<xsl:param name="bibliography.style">normal</xsl:param>
DescriptionCurrently only normal and
iso690 styles are supported.In order to use ISO690 style to the full extent you might need
to use additional markup described on the
following WiKi page.biblioentry.item.separatorstringbiblioentry.item.separatorText to separate bibliography entries<xsl:param name="biblioentry.item.separator">. </xsl:param>DescriptionText to separate bibliography entries
bibliography.collectionstringbibliography.collectionName of the bibliography collection file
<xsl:param name="bibliography.collection">http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/bibliography/bibliography.xml</xsl:param>
DescriptionMaintaining bibliography entries across a set of documents is tedious, time
consuming, and error prone. It makes much more sense, usually, to store all of
the bibliography entries in a single place and simply extract
the ones you need in each document.That's the purpose of the
bibliography.collection parameter. To setup a global
bibliography database, follow these steps:First, create a stand-alone bibliography document that contains all of
the documents that you wish to reference. Make sure that each bibliography
entry (whether you use biblioentry or bibliomixed)
has an ID.My global bibliography, ~/bibliography.xml begins
like this:<!DOCTYPE bibliography
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd">
<bibliography><title>References</title>
<bibliomixed id="xml-rec"><abbrev>XML 1.0</abbrev>Tim Bray,
Jean Paoli, C. M. Sperberg-McQueen, and Eve Maler, editors.
<citetitle><ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml">Extensible Markup
Language (XML) 1.0 Second Edition</ulink></citetitle>.
World Wide Web Consortium, 2000.
</bibliomixed>
<bibliomixed id="xml-names"><abbrev>Namespaces</abbrev>Tim Bray,
Dave Hollander,
and Andrew Layman, editors.
<citetitle><ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/">Namespaces in
XML</ulink></citetitle>.
World Wide Web Consortium, 1999.
</bibliomixed>
<!-- ... -->
</bibliography>
When you create a bibliography in your document, simply
provide emptybibliomixed
entries for each document that you wish to cite. Make sure that these
elements have the same ID as the corresponding real
entry in your global bibliography.For example:<bibliography><title>Bibliography</title>
<bibliomixed id="xml-rec"/>
<bibliomixed id="xml-names"/>
<bibliomixed id="DKnuth86">Donald E. Knuth. <citetitle>Computers and
Typesetting: Volume B, TeX: The Program</citetitle>. Addison-Wesley,
1986. ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
</bibliomixed>
<bibliomixed id="relaxng"/>
</bibliography>Note that it's perfectly acceptable to mix entries from your
global bibliography with normal entries. You can use
xref or other elements to cross-reference your
bibliography entries in exactly the same way you do now.Finally, when you are ready to format your document, simply set the
bibliography.collection parameter (in either a
customization layer or directly through your processor's interface) to
point to your global bibliography.The stylesheets will format the bibliography in your document as if
all of the entries referenced appeared there literally.bibliography.numberedbooleanbibliography.numberedShould bibliography entries be numbered?
<xsl:param name="bibliography.numbered" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero bibliography entries will be numberedGlossaryglossterm.auto.linkbooleanglossterm.auto.linkGenerate links from glossterm to glossentry automatically?
<xsl:param name="glossterm.auto.link" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, links from inline glossterms to the corresponding
glossentry elements in a glossary or glosslist
will be automatically generated. This is useful when your glossterms are consistent
and you don't want to add links manually.The automatic link generation feature is not used on glossterm elements
that have a linkend attribute.firstterm.only.linkbooleanfirstterm.only.linkDoes automatic glossterm linking only apply to firstterms?
<xsl:param name="firstterm.only.link" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, only firstterms will be automatically linked
to the glossary. If glossary linking is not enabled, this parameter
has no effect.glossary.collectionstringglossary.collectionName of the glossary collection file
<xsl:param name="glossary.collection"></xsl:param>
DescriptionGlossaries maintained independently across a set of documents
are likely to become inconsistent unless considerable effort is
expended to keep them in sync. It makes much more sense, usually, to
store all of the glossary entries in a single place and simply
extract the ones you need in each document.That's the purpose of the
glossary.collection parameter. To setup a global
glossary database, follow these steps:Setting Up the Glossary DatabaseFirst, create a stand-alone glossary document that contains all of
the entries that you wish to reference. Make sure that each glossary
entry has an ID.Here's an example glossary:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE glossary
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd">
<glossary>
<glossaryinfo>
<editor><firstname>Eric</firstname><surname>Raymond</surname></editor>
<title>Jargon File 4.2.3 (abridged)</title>
<releaseinfo>Just some test data</releaseinfo>
</glossaryinfo>
<glossdiv><title>0</title>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>0</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>Numeric zero, as opposed to the letter `O' (the 15th letter of
the English alphabet). In their unmodified forms they look a lot
alike, and various kluges invented to make them visually distinct have
compounded the confusion. If your zero is center-dotted and letter-O
is not, or if letter-O looks almost rectangular but zero looks more
like an American football stood on end (or the reverse), you're
probably looking at a modern character display (though the dotted zero
seems to have originated as an option on IBM 3270 controllers). If
your zero is slashed but letter-O is not, you're probably looking at
an old-style ASCII graphic set descended from the default typewheel on
the venerable ASR-33 Teletype (Scandinavians, for whom /O is a letter,
curse this arrangement). (Interestingly, the slashed zero long
predates computers; Florian Cajori's monumental "A History of
Mathematical Notations" notes that it was used in the twelfth and
thirteenth centuries.) If letter-O has a slash across it and the zero
does not, your display is tuned for a very old convention used at IBM
and a few other early mainframe makers (Scandinavians curse <emphasis>this</emphasis>
arrangement even more, because it means two of their letters collide).
Some Burroughs/Unisys equipment displays a zero with a <emphasis>reversed</emphasis>
slash. Old CDC computers rendered letter O as an unbroken oval and 0
as an oval broken at upper right and lower left. And yet another
convention common on early line printers left zero unornamented but
added a tail or hook to the letter-O so that it resembled an inverted
Q or cursive capital letter-O (this was endorsed by a draft ANSI
standard for how to draw ASCII characters, but the final standard
changed the distinguisher to a tick-mark in the upper-left corner).
Are we sufficiently confused yet?</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>1TBS</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para role="accidence">
<phrase role="pronounce"></phrase>
<phrase role="partsofspeach">n</phrase>
</para>
<para>The "One True Brace Style"</para>
<glossseealso>indent style</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<!-- ... -->
</glossdiv>
<!-- ... -->
</glossary>Marking Up Glossary TermsThat takes care of the glossary database, now you have to get the entries
into your document. Unlike bibliography entries, which can be empty, creating
placeholder glossary entries would be very tedious. So instead,
support for glossary.collection relies on implicit linking.In your source document, simply use firstterm and
glossterm to identify the terms you wish to have included
in the glossary. The stylesheets assume that you will either set the
baseform attribute correctly, or that the
content of the element exactly matches a term in your glossary.If you're using a glossary.collection, don't
make explicit links on the terms in your document.So, in your document, you might write things like this:<para>This is dummy text, without any real meaning.
The point is simply to reference glossary terms like <glossterm>0</glossterm>
and the <firstterm baseform="1TBS">One True Brace Style (1TBS)</firstterm>.
The <glossterm>1TBS</glossterm>, as you can probably imagine, is a nearly
religious issue.</para>If you set the firstterm.only.link parameter,
only the terms marked with firstterm will be links.
Otherwise, all the terms will be linked.Marking Up the GlossaryThe glossary itself has to be identified for the stylesheets. For lack
of a better choice, the role is used.
To identify the glossary as the target for automatic processing, set
the role to auto. The title of this
glossary (and any other information from the glossaryinfo
that's rendered by your stylesheet) will be displayed, but the entries will
come from the database.
Unfortunately, the glossary can't be empty, so you must put in
at least one glossentry. The content of this entry
is irrelevant, it will not be rendered:<glossary role="auto">
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Irrelevant</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>If you can see this, the document was processed incorrectly. Use
the <parameter>glossary.collection</parameter> parameter.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glossary>What about glossary divisions? If your glossary database has glossary
divisions and your automatic glossary contains at least
one glossdiv, the automic glossary will have divisions.
If the glossdiv is missing from either location, no divisions
will be rendered.Glossary entries (and divisions, if appropriate) in the glossary will
occur in precisely the order they occur in your database.Formatting the DocumentFinally, when you are ready to format your document, simply set the
glossary.collection parameter (in either a
customization layer or directly through your processor's interface) to
point to your global glossary.The stylesheets will format the glossary in your document as if
all of the entries implicilty referenced appeared there literally.LimitationsGlossary cross-references within the glossary are
not supported. For example, this will not work:<glossentry>
<glossterm>gloss-1</glossterm>
<glossdef><para>A description that references <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</para>
<glossseealso>gloss-2</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>If you put glossary cross-references in your glossary that way,
you'll get the cryptic error: Warning:
glossary.collection specified, but there are 0 automatic
glossaries.Instead, you must do two things:Markup your glossary using glossseealso:<glossentry>
<glossterm>gloss-1</glossterm>
<glossdef><para>A description that references <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</para>
<glossseealso>gloss-2</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>Make sure there is at least one glossterm reference to
gloss-2in your document. The
easiest way to do that is probably within a remark in your
automatic glossary:<glossary role="auto">
<remark>Make sure there's a reference to <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</remark>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Irrelevant</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>If you can see this, the document was processed incorrectly. Use
the <parameter>glossary.collection</parameter> parameter.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glossary>glossary.sortbooleanglossary.sortSort glossentry elements?
<xsl:param name="glossary.sort" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then the glossentry elements within a
glossary, glossdiv, or glosslist are sorted on the glossterm, using
the current lang setting. If zero (the default), then
glossentry elements are not sorted and are presented
in document order.
glossentry.show.acronymlistnoyesprimaryglossentry.show.acronymDisplay glossentry acronyms?
<xsl:param name="glossentry.show.acronym">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionA setting of yes means they should be displayed;
no means they shouldn't. If primary is used,
then they are shown as the primary text for the entry.This setting controls both acronym and
abbrev elements in the glossentry.Miscellaneousformal.proceduresbooleanformal.proceduresSelects formal or informal procedures
<xsl:param name="formal.procedures" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionFormal procedures are numbered and always have a title.
formal.title.placementtableformal.title.placementSpecifies where formal object titles should occur
<xsl:param name="formal.title.placement">
figure before
example before
equation before
table before
procedure before
task before
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies where formal object titles should occur. For each formal object
type (figure,
example,
equation,
table, and procedure)
you can specify either the keyword
before or
after.runinhead.default.title.end.punctstringruninhead.default.title.end.punctDefault punctuation character on a run-in-head<xsl:param name="runinhead.default.title.end.punct">.</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, For a formalpara, use the specified
string as the separator between the title and following text. The period is the default value.runinhead.title.end.punctstringruninhead.title.end.punctCharacters that count as punctuation on a run-in-head
<xsl:param name="runinhead.title.end.punct">.!?:</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecify which characters are to be counted as punctuation. These
characters are checked for a match with the last character of the
title. If no match is found, the
runinhead.default.title.end.punct contents are
inserted. This is to avoid duplicated punctuation in the output.
show.commentsbooleanshow.commentsDisplay remark elements?
<xsl:param name="show.comments" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, comments will be displayed, otherwise they
are suppressed. Comments here refers to the remark element
(which was called comment prior to DocBook
4.0), not XML comments (<-- like this -->) which are
unavailable.
show.revisionflagbooleanshow.revisionflagEnable decoration of elements that have a revisionflag
<xsl:param name="show.revisionflag" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If show.revisionflag is turned on, then the stylesheets
may produce additional markup designed to allow a CSS stylesheet to
highlight elements that have specific revisionflag settings.The markup inserted will be usually be either a <span> or
<div> with an appropriate class
attribute. (The value of the class attribute will be the same as the
value of the revisionflag attribute). In some contexts, for example
tables, where extra markup would be structurally illegal, the class
attribute will be added to the appropriate container element.In general, the stylesheets only test for revisionflag in contexts
where an importing stylesheet would have to redefine whole templates.
Most of the revisionflag processing is expected to be done by another
stylesheet, for example changebars.xsl.shade.verbatimbooleanshade.verbatimShould verbatim environments be shaded?<xsl:param name="shade.verbatim" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIn the FO stylesheet, if this parameter is non-zero then the
shade.verbatim.style properties will be applied
to verbatim environments.In the HTML stylesheet, this parameter is now deprecated. Use
CSS instead.shade.verbatim.styleattribute setshade.verbatim.styleProperties that specify the style of shaded verbatim listings
<xsl:attribute-set name="shade.verbatim.style">
<xsl:attribute name="border">0</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="bgcolor">#E0E0E0</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties that specify the style of shaded verbatim listings. The
parameters specified (the border and background color) are added to
the styling of the xsl-fo output. A border might be specified as "thin
black solid" for example. See xsl-fopunct.honorificstringpunct.honorificPunctuation after an honorific in a personal name.
<xsl:param name="punct.honorific">.</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the punctuation that should be added after an
honorific in a personal name.tex.math.in.altlistplainlatextex.math.in.altTeX notation used for equations
<xsl:param name="tex.math.in.alt"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want type math directly in TeX notation in equations,
this parameter specifies notation used. Currently are supported two
values -- plain and latex. Empty
value means that you are not using TeX math at all.Preferred way for including TeX alternative of math is inside of
textobject element. Eg.:<inlineequation>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="eq1.gif"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject><phrase>E=mc squared</phrase></textobject>
<textobject role="tex"><phrase>E=mc^2</phrase></textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</inlineequation>If you are using graphic element, you can
store TeX inside alt element:<inlineequation>
<alt role="tex">a^2+b^2=c^2</alt>
<graphic fileref="a2b2c2.gif"/>
</inlineequation>If you want use this feature, you should process your FO with
PassiveTeX, which only supports TeX math notation. When calling
stylsheet, don't forget to specify also
passivetex.extensions=1.If you want equations in HTML, just process generated file
tex-math-equations.tex by TeX or LaTeX. Then run
dvi2bitmap program on result DVI file. You will get images for
equations in your document.This feature is useful for print/PDF output only if you
use the obsolete and now unsupported PassiveTeX XSL-FO
engine.Related Parameterstex.math.delims,
passivetex.extensions,
tex.math.filetex.math.filestringtex.math.fileName of temporary file for generating images from equations
<xsl:param name="tex.math.file">tex-math-equations.tex</xsl:param>
DescriptionName of auxiliary file for TeX equations. This file can be
processed by dvi2bitmap to get bitmap versions of equations for HTML
output.Related Parameterstex.math.in.alt,
tex.math.delims,
More informationFor how-to documentation on embedding TeX equations and
generating output from them, see
DBTeXMath.tex.math.delimsbooleantex.math.delimsShould equations output for processing by TeX be
surrounded by math mode delimiters?
<xsl:param name="tex.math.delims" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionFor compatibility with DSSSL based DBTeXMath from Allin Cottrell
you should set this parameter to 0.This feature is useful for print/PDF output only if you
use the obsolete and now unsupported PassiveTeX XSL-FO
engine.Related Parameterstex.math.in.alt,
passivetex.extensionsSee AlsoYou can also use the dbtex delims processing
instruction to control whether delimiters are output.pixels.per.inchintegerpixels.per.inchHow many pixels are there per inch?
<xsl:param name="pixels.per.inch">90</xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen lengths are converted to pixels, this value is used to
determine the size of a pixel. The default value is taken from the
XSL
Recommendation.
points.per.emnumberpoints.per.emSpecify the nominal size of an em-space in points
<xsl:param name="points.per.em">10</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe fixed value used for calculations based upon the size of a
character. The assumption made is that ten point font is in use. This
assumption may not be valid.use.svgbooleanuse.svgAllow SVG in the result tree?
<xsl:param name="use.svg" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, SVG will be considered an acceptable image format. SVG
is passed through to the result tree, so correct rendering of the resulting
diagram depends on the formatter (FO processor or web browser) that is used
to process the output from the stylesheet.menuchoice.separatorstringmenuchoice.separatorSeparator between items of a menuchoice
other than guimenuitem and
guisubmenu
<xsl:param name="menuchoice.separator">+</xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator used to connect items of a menuchoice other
than guimenuitem and guisubmenu. The latter
elements are linked with menuchoice.menu.separator.
menuchoice.menu.separatorstringmenuchoice.menu.separatorSeparator between items of a menuchoice
with guimenuitem or
guisubmenu
<xsl:param name="menuchoice.menu.separator"> → </xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator used to connect items of a menuchoice with
guimenuitem or guisubmenu. Other elements
are linked with menuchoice.separator.
The default value is →, which is the
→ (right arrow) character entity.
The current FOP (0.20.5) requires setting the font-family
explicitly.
The default value also includes spaces around the arrow,
which will allow a line to break. Replace the spaces with
  (nonbreaking space) if you don't want those
spaces to break.
default.float.classstringdefault.float.classSpecifies the default float class
<xsl:param name="default.float.class">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="contains($stylesheet.result.type,'html')">left</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>before</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects the direction in which a float should be placed. for
xsl-fo this is before, for html it is left. For Western texts, the
before direction is the top of the page.footnote.number.formatlist11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...footnote.number.formatIdentifies the format used for footnote numbers
<xsl:param name="footnote.number.format">1</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe footnote.number.format specifies the format
to use for footnote numeration (1, i, I, a, or A).table.footnote.number.formatlist11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...table.footnote.number.formatIdentifies the format used for footnote numbers in tables
<xsl:param name="table.footnote.number.format">a</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe table.footnote.number.format specifies the format
to use for footnote numeration (1, i, I, a, or A) in tables.footnote.number.symbolsfootnote.number.symbolsSpecial characters to use as footnote markers
<xsl:param name="footnote.number.symbols"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf footnote.number.symbols is not the empty string,
footnotes will use the characters it contains as footnote symbols. For example,
*†‡◊✠ will identify
footnotes with *, †, ‡,
◊, and ✠. If there are more footnotes
than symbols, the stylesheets will fall back to numbered footnotes using
footnote.number.format.The use of symbols for footnotes depends on the ability of your
processor (or browser) to render the symbols you select. Not all systems are
capable of displaying the full range of Unicode characters. If the quoted characters
in the preceding paragraph are not displayed properly, that's a good indicator
that you may have trouble using those symbols for footnotes.table.footnote.number.symbolsstringtable.footnote.number.symbolsSpecial characters to use a footnote markers in tables
<xsl:param name="table.footnote.number.symbols"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf table.footnote.number.symbols is not the empty string,
table footnotes will use the characters it contains as footnote symbols. For example,
*†‡◊✠ will identify
footnotes with *, †, ‡,
◊, and ✠. If there are more footnotes
than symbols, the stylesheets will fall back to numbered footnotes using
table.footnote.number.format.The use of symbols for footnotes depends on the ability of your
processor (or browser) to render the symbols you select. Not all systems are
capable of displaying the full range of Unicode characters. If the quoted characters
in the preceding paragraph are not displayed properly, that's a good indicator
that you may have trouble using those symbols for footnotes.highlight.sourcebooleanhighlight.sourceShould the content of programlisting
be syntactically highlighted?
<xsl:param name="highlight.source" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen this parameter is non-zero, the stylesheets will try to do syntax highlighting of the
content of programlisting elements. You specify the language for each programlisting
by using the language attribute. The highlight.default.language
parameter can be used to specify the language for programlistings without a language
attribute. Syntax highlighting also works for screen and synopsis elements.The actual highlighting work is done by the XSLTHL extension module. This is an external Java library that has to be
downloaded separately (see below).In order to use this extension, you mustadd xslthl-2.x.x.jar to your Java classpath. The latest version is available
from the XSLT syntax highlighting project
at SourceForge.use a customization layer in which you import one of the following stylesheet modules:
html/highlight.xslxhtml/highlight.xslxhtml-1_1/highlight.xslfo/highlight.xsllet either the xslthl.config Java system property or the
highlight.xslthl.config parameter point to the configuration file for syntax
highlighting (using URL syntax). DocBook XSL comes with a ready-to-use configuration file,
highlighting/xslthl-config.xml.The extension works with Saxon 6.5.x and Xalan-J. (Saxon 8.5 or later is also supported, but since it is
an XSLT 2.0 processor it is not guaranteed to work with DocBook XSL in all circumstances.)The following is an example of a Saxon 6 command adapted for syntax highlighting, to be used on Windows:java -cp c:/Java/saxon.jar;c:/Java/xslthl-2.0.1.jar
-Dxslthl.config=file:///c:/docbook-xsl/highlighting/xslthl-config.xml com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet
-o test.html test.xml myhtml.xslhighlight.xslthl.configurihighlight.xslthl.configLocation of XSLTHL configuration file
<xsl:param name="highlight.xslthl.config"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis location has precedence over the corresponding Java property.Please note that usually you have to specify location as URL not
just as a simple path on the local
filesystem. E.g. file:///home/user/xslthl/my-xslthl-config.xml.highlight.default.languagestringhighlight.default.languageDefault language of programlisting
<xsl:param name="highlight.default.language"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis language is used when there is no language attribute on programlisting.email.delimiters.enabledbooleanemail.delimiters.enabledGenerate delimiters around email addresses?
<xsl:param name="email.delimiters.enabled" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, delimiters
For delimiters, the
stylesheets are currently hard-coded to output angle
brackets.
are generated around e-mail addresses
(the output of the email element).exsl.node.set.availablebooleanexsl.node.set.availableIs the test function-available('exsl:node-set') true?<xsl:param name="exsl.node.set.available">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when exsl:foo="" test="function-available('exsl:node-set') or contains(system-property('xsl:vendor'), 'Apache Software Foundation')">1</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>0</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero,
then the exsl:node-set() function is available to be used in
the stylesheet.
If zero, then the function is not available.
This param automatically detects the presence of
the function and does not normally need to be set manually.This param was created to handle a long-standing
bug in the Xalan processor that fails to detect the
function even though it is available.Annotationsannotation.supportbooleanannotation.supportEnable annotations?
<xsl:param name="annotation.support" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the stylesheets will attempt to support annotation
elements in HTML by including some JavaScript (see
annotation.js).annotation.jsstringannotation.jsURIs identifying JavaScript files with support for annotation popups
<xsl:param name="annotation.js">
<xsl:text>http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/script/AnchorPosition.js http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/script/PopupWindow.js</xsl:text></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf annotation.support is enabled and the
document contains annotations, then the URIs listed
in this parameter will be included. These JavaScript files are required
for popup annotation support.annotation.cssstringannotation.cssCSS rules for annotations
<xsl:param name="annotation.css">
/* ======================================================================
Annotations
*/
div.annotation-list { visibility: hidden;
}
div.annotation-nocss { position: absolute;
visibility: hidden;
}
div.annotation-popup { position: absolute;
z-index: 4;
visibility: hidden;
padding: 0px;
margin: 2px;
border-style: solid;
border-width: 1px;
width: 200px;
background-color: white;
}
div.annotation-title { padding: 1px;
font-weight: bold;
border-bottom-style: solid;
border-bottom-width: 1px;
color: white;
background-color: black;
}
div.annotation-body { padding: 2px;
}
div.annotation-body p { margin-top: 0px;
padding-top: 0px;
}
div.annotation-close { position: absolute;
top: 2px;
right: 2px;
}
</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf annotation.support is enabled and the
document contains annotations, then the CSS in this
parameter will be included in the document.annotation.graphic.openuriannotation.graphic.openImage for identifying a link that opens an annotation popup
<xsl:param name="annotation.graphic.open">http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/images/annot-open.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis image is used inline to identify the location of
annotations. It may be replaced by a user provided graphic. The size should be approximately 10x10 pixels.annotation.graphic.closeuriannotation.graphic.closeImage for identifying a link that closes an annotation popup
<xsl:param name="annotation.graphic.close">
http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/images/annot-close.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis image is used on popup annotations as the “x” that the
user can click to dismiss the popup.This image is used on popup annotations as the “x” that the user can
click to dismiss the popup. It may be replaced by a user provided graphic. The size should be approximately 10x10 pixels.Graphicsimg.src.pathstringimg.src.pathPath to HTML/FO image files<xsl:param name="img.src.path"></xsl:param>DescriptionAdd a path prefix to the value of the fileref
attribute of graphic, inlinegraphic, and imagedata elements. The resulting
compound path is used in the output as the value of the src
attribute of img (HTML) or external-graphic (FO).
The path given by img.src.path could be relative to the directory where the HTML/FO
files are created, or it could be an absolute URI.
The default value is empty.
Be sure to include a trailing slash if needed.
This prefix is not applied to any filerefs that start
with "/" or contain "//:".
keep.relative.image.urisbooleankeep.relative.image.urisShould image URIs be resolved against xml:base?
<xsl:param name="keep.relative.image.uris" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, relative URIs (in, for example
fileref attributes) will be used in the generated
output. Otherwise, the URIs will be made absolute with respect to the
base URI.Note that the stylesheets calculate (and use) the absolute form
for some purposes, this only applies to the resulting output.graphic.default.extensionstringgraphic.default.extensionDefault extension for graphic filenames<xsl:param name="graphic.default.extension"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf a graphic or mediaobject
includes a reference to a filename that does not include an extension,
and the format attribute is
unspecified, the default extension will be used.
default.image.widthlengthdefault.image.widthThe default width of images
<xsl:param name="default.image.width"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf specified, this value will be used for the
width attribute on images that do not specify any
viewport dimensions.nominal.image.widthlengthnominal.image.widthThe nominal image width
<xsl:param name="nominal.image.width" select="6 * $pixels.per.inch"></xsl:param>
DescriptionGraphic widths expressed as a percentage are problematic. In the
following discussion, we speak of width and contentwidth, but
the same issues apply to depth and contentdepth.A width of 50% means "half of the available space for the image."
That's fine. But note that in HTML, this is a dynamic property and
the image size will vary if the browser window is resized.A contentwidth of 50% means "half of the actual image width".
But what does that mean if the stylesheets cannot assess the image's
actual size? Treating this as a width of 50% is one possibility, but
it produces behavior (dynamic scaling) that seems entirely out of
character with the meaning.Instead, the stylesheets define a
nominal.image.width and convert percentages to
actual values based on that nominal size.nominal.image.depthlengthnominal.image.depthNominal image depth
<xsl:param name="nominal.image.depth" select="4 * $pixels.per.inch"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSee nominal.image.width.use.embed.for.svgbooleanuse.embed.for.svgUse HTML embed for SVG?
<xsl:param name="use.embed.for.svg" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, an embed element will be created for
SVG figures. An object is always created,
this parameter merely controls whether or not an additional embed
is generated inside the object.On the plus side, this may be more portable among browsers and plug-ins.
On the minus side, it isn't valid HTML.make.graphic.viewportbooleanmake.graphic.viewportUse tables in HTML to make viewports for graphics
<xsl:param name="make.graphic.viewport" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe HTML img element only supports the notion
of content-area scaling; it doesn't support the distinction between a
content-area and a viewport-area, so we have to make some compromises.If make.graphic.viewport is non-zero, a table
will be used to frame the image. This creates an effective viewport-area.
Tables and alignment don't work together, so this parameter is ignored
if alignment is specified on an image.preferred.mediaobject.rolestringpreferred.mediaobject.roleSelect which mediaobject to use based on
this value of an object's role attribute.
<xsl:param name="preferred.mediaobject.role"></xsl:param>
DescriptionA mediaobject may contain several objects such as imageobjects.
If the parameter use.role.for.mediaobject is
non-zero, then the role attribute on
imageobjects and other objects within a
mediaobject container will be used to select which object
will be used. If one of the objects has a role value that matches the
preferred.mediaobject.role parameter, then it
has first priority for selection. If more than one has such a role
value, the first one is used.
See the use.role.for.mediaobject parameter
for the sequence of selection.use.role.for.mediaobjectbooleanuse.role.for.mediaobjectUse role attribute
value for selecting which of several objects within a mediaobject to use.
<xsl:param name="use.role.for.mediaobject" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the role attribute on
imageobjects or other objects within a mediaobject container will be used to select which object will be
used.
The order of selection when then parameter is non-zero is:
If the stylesheet parameter preferred.mediaobject.role has a value, then the object whose role equals that value is selected.Else if an object's role attribute has a value of
html for HTML processing or
fo for FO output, then the first
of such objects is selected.
Else the first suitable object is selected.
If the value of
use.role.for.mediaobject
is zero, then role attributes are not considered
and the first suitable object
with or without a role value is used.
ignore.image.scalingbooleanignore.image.scalingTell the stylesheets to ignore the author's image scaling attributes
<xsl:param name="ignore.image.scaling" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the scaling attributes on graphics and media objects are
ignored.Chunkingchunker.output.cdata-section-elementsstringchunker.output.cdata-section-elementsList of elements to escape with CDATA sections
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.cdata-section-elements"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the list of elements that should be escaped
as CDATA sections by the chunking stylesheet. Not all processors support
specification of this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.doctype-publicstringchunker.output.doctype-publicPublic identifer to use in the document type of generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-public"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the public identifier that should be used by
the chunking stylesheet in the document type declaration of chunked pages.
Not all processors support specification of
this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.doctype-systemurichunker.output.doctype-systemSystem identifier to use for the document type in generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-system"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the system identifier that should be used by
the chunking stylesheet in the document type declaration of chunked pages.
Not all processors support specification of
this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.encodingstringchunker.output.encodingEncoding used in generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.encoding">ISO-8859-1</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the encoding to be used in files
generated by the chunking stylesheet. Not all processors support
specification of this parameter.
This parameter used to be named default.encoding.This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.indentstringchunker.output.indentSpecification of indentation on generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.indent">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the value of the indent
specification for generated pages. Not all processors support
specification of this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.media-typestringchunker.output.media-typeMedia type to use in generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.media-type"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the media type that should be used by
the chunking stylesheet. Not all processors support specification of
this parameter.
This parameter specifies the media type that should be used by the
chunking stylesheet. This should be one from those defined in
[RFC2045] and
[RFC2046] This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.It must be one from html, xml or textchunker.output.methodlisthtmlxmlchunker.output.methodMethod used in generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.method">html</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the output method to be used in files
generated by the chunking stylesheet.
This parameter used to be named output.method.This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.omit-xml-declarationstringchunker.output.omit-xml-declarationOmit-xml-declaration for generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.omit-xml-declaration">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the value of the omit-xml-declaration
specification for generated pages. Not all processors support
specification of this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.chunker.output.standalonestringchunker.output.standaloneStandalone declaration for generated pages
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.standalone">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the value of the standalone
specification for generated pages. It must be either
yes or no. Not all
processors support specification of this parameter.
This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.saxon.character.representationstringsaxon.character.representationSaxon character representation used in generated HTML pages<xsl:param name="saxon.character.representation" select="'entity;decimal'"></xsl:param>DescriptionThis parameter has effect only when Saxon 6 is used (version 6.4.2 or later).
It sets the character representation in files generated by the chunking stylesheets.
If you want to suppress entity references for characters with direct representations in
chunker.output.encoding, set the parameter value to native.
For more information, see Saxon output character representation.This parameter is documented here, but the declaration is actually
in the chunker.xsl stylesheet module.html.extstringhtml.extIdentifies the extension of generated HTML files
<xsl:param name="html.ext">.html</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe extension identified by html.ext will
be used as the filename extension for chunks created by this
stylesheet. use.id.as.filenamebooleanuse.id.as.filenameUse ID value of chunk elements as the filename?
<xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf use.id.as.filename
is non-zero, the filename of chunk elements that have IDs will be
derived from the ID value.
html.extra.head.linksbooleanhtml.extra.head.linksToggle extra HTML head link information
<xsl:param name="html.extra.head.links" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, extra link elements will be
generated in the head of chunked HTML files. These
extra links point to chapters, appendixes, sections, etc. as supported
by the Site Navigation Bar in Mozilla 1.0 (as of CR1, at least).
root.filenameuriroot.filenameIdentifies the name of the root HTML file when chunking
<xsl:param name="root.filename">index</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe root.filename is the base filename for
the chunk created for the root of each document processed.
base.diruribase.dirThe base directory of chunks
<xsl:param name="base.dir"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf specified, the base.dir identifies
the output directory for chunks. (If not specified, the output directory
is system dependent.)generate.manifestbooleangenerate.manifestGenerate a manifest file?<xsl:param name="generate.manifest" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, a list of HTML files generated by the
stylesheet transformation is written to the file named by
the manifest parameter.manifeststringmanifestName of manifest file
<xsl:param name="manifest">HTML.manifest</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe name of the file to which a manifest is written (if the
value of the generate.manifest parameter
is non-zero).manifest.in.base.dirbooleanmanifest.in.base.dirShould the manifest file be written into base.dir?
<xsl:param name="manifest.in.base.dir" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the manifest file as well as project files for HTML Help and
Eclipse Help are written into base.dir instead
of the current directory.chunk.tocstringchunk.tocAn explicit TOC to be used for chunking
<xsl:param name="chunk.toc"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe chunk.toc identifies an explicit TOC that
will be used for chunking. This parameter is only used by the
chunktoc.xsl stylesheet (and customization layers built
from it).chunk.tocs.and.lotsbooleanchunk.tocs.and.lotsShould ToC and LoTs be in separate chunks?
<xsl:param name="chunk.tocs.and.lots" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, ToC and LoT (List of Examples, List of Figures, etc.)
will be put in a separate chunk. At the moment, this chunk is not in the
normal forward/backward navigation list. Instead, a new link is added to the
navigation footer.This feature is still somewhat experimental. Feedback welcome.chunk.separate.lotsbooleanchunk.separate.lotsShould each LoT be in its own separate chunk?
<xsl:param name="chunk.separate.lots" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, each of the ToC and LoTs
(List of Examples, List of Figures, etc.)
will be put in its own separate chunk.
The title page includes generated links to each of the separate files.
This feature depends on the
chunk.tocs.and.lots
parameter also being non-zero.
chunk.tocs.and.lots.has.titlebooleanchunk.tocs.and.lots.has.titleShould ToC and LoTs in a separate chunks have title?
<xsl:param name="chunk.tocs.and.lots.has.title" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero title of document is shown before ToC/LoT in
separate chunk.chunk.section.depthintegerchunk.section.depthDepth to which sections should be chunked
<xsl:param name="chunk.section.depth" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter sets the depth of section chunking.chunk.first.sectionsbooleanchunk.first.sectionsChunk the first top-level section?
<xsl:param name="chunk.first.sections" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a chunk will be created for the first top-level
sect1 or section elements in
each component. Otherwise, that section will be part of the chunk for
its parent.
chunk.quietlybooleanchunk.quietlyOmit the chunked filename messages.
<xsl:param name="chunk.quietly" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf zero (the default), the XSL processor emits a message naming
each separate chunk filename as it is being output.
If nonzero, then the messages are suppressed.
chunk.appendstringchunk.appendSpecifies content to append to chunked HTML output<xsl:param name="chunk.append"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies content to append to the end of HTML files output by
the html/chunk.xsl stylesheet, after the closing
<html> tag. You probably don’t want to set any value
for this parameter; but if you do, the only value it should ever be
set to is a newline character: 
 or
navig.graphicsbooleannavig.graphicsUse graphics in navigational headers and footers?
<xsl:param name="navig.graphics" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the navigational headers and footers in chunked
HTML are presented in an alternate style that uses graphical icons for
Next, Previous, Up, and Home. Default graphics are provided in the
distribution. If zero, text is used instead of graphics.
navig.graphics.extensionstringnavig.graphics.extensionExtension for navigational graphics
<xsl:param name="navig.graphics.extension">.gif</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the filename extension to use on navigational graphics used
in the headers and footers of chunked HTML.navig.graphics.pathstringnavig.graphics.pathPath to navigational graphics
<xsl:param name="navig.graphics.path">images/</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the path, probably relative to the directory where the HTML
files are created, to the navigational graphics used in the
headers and footers of chunked HTML.
navig.showtitlesbooleannavig.showtitlesDisplay titles in HTML headers and footers?<xsl:param name="navig.showtitles">1</xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero,
the headers and footers of chunked HTML
display the titles of the next and previous chunks,
along with the words 'Next' and 'Previous' (or the
equivalent graphical icons if navig.graphics is true).
If false (zero), then only the words 'Next' and 'Previous'
(or the icons) are displayed.
ProfilingThe following parameters can be used for attribute-based
profiling of your document. For more information about profiling, see
Profiling (conditional text).profile.archstringprofile.archTarget profile for arch
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.arch"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.audiencestringprofile.audienceTarget profile for audience
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.audience"></xsl:param>
DescriptionValue of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.conditionstringprofile.conditionTarget profile for condition
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.condition"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.conformancestringprofile.conformanceTarget profile for conformance
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.conformance"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.langstringprofile.langTarget profile for lang
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.lang"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.osstringprofile.osTarget profile for os
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.os"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.revisionstringprofile.revisionTarget profile for revision
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.revision"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.revisionflagstringprofile.revisionflagTarget profile for revisionflag
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.revisionflag"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.rolestringprofile.roleTarget profile for role
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.role"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).Note that role is often
used for other purposes than profiling. For example it is commonly
used to get emphasize in bold font:<emphasis role="bold">very important</emphasis>If you are using role for
these purposes do not forget to add values like bold to
value of this parameter. If you forgot you will get document with
small pieces missing which are very hard to track.For this reason it is not recommended to use role attribute for profiling. You should
rather use profiling specific attributes like userlevel, os, arch, condition, etc.profile.securitystringprofile.securityTarget profile for security
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.security"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.statusstringprofile.statusTarget profile for status
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.status"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.userlevelstringprofile.userlevelTarget profile for userlevel
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.userlevel"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.vendorstringprofile.vendorTarget profile for vendor
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.vendor"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.wordsizestringprofile.wordsizeTarget profile for wordsize
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.wordsize"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.attributestringprofile.attributeName of user-specified profiling attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.attribute"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter is used in conjuction with
profile.value.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.valuestringprofile.valueTarget profile for user-specified attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.value"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen you are using this parameter you must also specify name of
profiling attribute with parameter
profile.attribute.The value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.separatorstringprofile.separatorSeparator character for compound profile values
<xsl:param name="profile.separator">;</xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator character used for compound profile values. See profile.archHTML Helphtmlhelp.encodingstringhtmlhelp.encodingCharacter encoding to use in files for HTML Help compiler.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.encoding">iso-8859-1</xsl:param>
DescriptionHTML Help Compiler is not UTF-8 aware, so you should always use an
appropriate single-byte encoding here. Use one from iana, the registered charset values.htmlhelp.autolabelbooleanhtmlhelp.autolabelShould tree-like ToC use autonumbering feature?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet this to non-zero to include chapter and section numbers into ToC
in the left panel.htmlhelp.chmstringhtmlhelp.chmFilename of output HTML Help file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.chm">htmlhelp.chm</xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the name of resulting CHM filehtmlhelp.default.topicstringhtmlhelp.default.topicName of file with default topic
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.default.topic"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNormally first chunk of document is displayed when you open HTML
Help file. If you want to display another topic, simply set its
filename by this parameter.This is useful especially if you don't generate ToC in front of
your document and you also hide root element in ToC. E.g.:<xsl:param name="generate.book.toc" select="0"/>
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.show.root" select="0"/>
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.default.topic">pr01.html</xsl:param>
htmlhelp.display.progressbooleanhtmlhelp.display.progressDisplay compile progress?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.display.progress" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to to display compile progress
htmlhelp.hhpstringhtmlhelp.hhpFilename of project file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhp">htmlhelp.hhp</xsl:param>
DescriptionChange this parameter if you want different name of project
file than htmlhelp.hhp.htmlhelp.hhcstringhtmlhelp.hhcFilename of TOC file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc">toc.hhc</xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the name of the TOC file. The default is toc.hhc.htmlhelp.hhkstringhtmlhelp.hhkFilename of index file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhk">index.hhk</xsl:param>
Descriptionset the name of the index file. The default is index.hhk.htmlhelp.hhp.tailstringhtmlhelp.hhp.tailAdditional content for project file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhp.tail"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want to include some additional parameters into project file,
store appropriate part of project file into this parameter.htmlhelp.hhp.windowstringhtmlhelp.hhp.windowName of default window.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhp.window">Main</xsl:param>
DescriptionName of default window. If empty no [WINDOWS] section will be
added to project file.htmlhelp.hhp.windowsstringhtmlhelp.hhp.windowsDefinition of additional windows
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhp.windows"></xsl:param>
DescriptionContent of this parameter is placed at the end of [WINDOWS]
section of project file. You can use it for defining your own
addtional windows.htmlhelp.enhanced.decompilationbooleanhtmlhelp.enhanced.decompilationAllow enhanced decompilation of CHM?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.enhanced.decompilation" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen non-zero this parameter enables enhanced decompilation of CHM.htmlhelp.enumerate.imagesbooleanhtmlhelp.enumerate.imagesShould the paths to all used images be added to the project file?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.enumerate.images" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero if you insert images into your documents as
external binary entities or if you are using absolute image paths.htmlhelp.force.map.and.aliasbooleanhtmlhelp.force.map.and.aliasShould [MAP] and [ALIAS] sections be added to the project file unconditionally?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.force.map.and.alias" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero if you have your own
alias.h and context.h
files and you want to include references to them in the project
file.htmlhelp.map.filestringhtmlhelp.map.fileFilename of map file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.map.file">context.h</xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the name of map file. The default is
context.h. (used for context-sensitive
help).htmlhelp.alias.filestringhtmlhelp.alias.fileFilename of alias file.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.alias.file">alias.h</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the filename of the alias file (used for context-sensitive help).htmlhelp.hhc.section.depthintegerhtmlhelp.hhc.section.depthDepth of TOC for sections in a left pane.
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.section.depth">5</xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the section depth in the left pane of HTML Help viewer. htmlhelp.hhc.show.rootbooleanhtmlhelp.hhc.show.rootShould there be an entry for the root element in the ToC?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.show.root" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf set to zero, there will be no entry for the root element in the
ToC. This is useful when you want to provide the user with an expanded
ToC as a default.htmlhelp.hhc.folders.instead.booksbooleanhtmlhelp.hhc.folders.instead.booksUse folder icons in ToC (instead of book icons)?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.folders.instead.books" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero for folder-like icons or zero for book-like icons in the ToC.
If you want to use folder-like icons, you must switch off the binary ToC using
htmlhelp.hhc.binary.
htmlhelp.hhc.binarybooleanhtmlhelp.hhc.binaryGenerate binary ToC?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.binary" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to generate a binary TOC. You must create a binary TOC
if you want to add Prev/Next buttons to toolbar (which is default
behaviour). Files with binary TOC can't be merged.htmlhelp.hhc.widthintegerhtmlhelp.hhc.widthWidth of navigation pane
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.hhc.width"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the width of the navigation pane (containing TOC and
other navigation tabs) in pixels.htmlhelp.titlestringhtmlhelp.titleTitle of HTML Help
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.title"></xsl:param>
DescriptionContent of this parameter will be used as a title for generated
HTML Help. If empty, title will be automatically taken from document.htmlhelp.show.menubooleanhtmlhelp.show.menuShould the menu bar be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.show.menu" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to have an application menu bar in your HTML Help window.
htmlhelp.show.toolbar.textbooleanhtmlhelp.show.toolbar.textShow text under toolbar buttons?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.show.toolbar.text" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to display texts under toolbar buttons, zero to switch
off displays.htmlhelp.show.advanced.searchbooleanhtmlhelp.show.advanced.searchShould advanced search features be available?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.show.advanced.search" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want advanced search features in your help, turn this
parameter to 1.htmlhelp.show.favoritiesbooleanhtmlhelp.show.favoritiesShould the Favorites tab be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.show.favorities" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include a Favorites tab in the navigation pane
of the help window.htmlhelp.button.hideshowbooleanhtmlhelp.button.hideshowShould the Hide/Show button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.hideshow" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Hide/Show button shown on toolbarhtmlhelp.button.backbooleanhtmlhelp.button.backShould the Back button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.back" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Hide/Show button shown on toolbarhtmlhelp.button.forwardbooleanhtmlhelp.button.forwardShould the Forward button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.forward" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Forward button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.stopbooleanhtmlhelp.button.stopShould the Stop button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.stop" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want Stop button shown on toolbar, turn this
parameter to 1.htmlhelp.button.refreshbooleanhtmlhelp.button.refreshShould the Refresh button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.refresh" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Stop button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.homebooleanhtmlhelp.button.homeShould the Home button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.home" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Home button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.home.urlstringhtmlhelp.button.home.urlURL address of page accessible by Home button
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.home.url"></xsl:param>
DescriptionURL address of page accessible by Home button.htmlhelp.button.optionsbooleanhtmlhelp.button.optionsShould the Options button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.options" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want Options button shown on toolbar, turn this
parameter to 1.htmlhelp.button.printbooleanhtmlhelp.button.printShould the Print button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.print" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Print button on the toolbar.
htmlhelp.button.locatebooleanhtmlhelp.button.locateShould the Locate button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.locate" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want Locate button shown on toolbar, turn this
parameter to 1.htmlhelp.button.jump1booleanhtmlhelp.button.jump1Should the Jump1 button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump1" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Jump1 button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.jump1.urlstringhtmlhelp.button.jump1.urlURL address of page accessible by Jump1 button
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump1.url"></xsl:param>
DescriptionURL address of page accessible by Jump1 button.htmlhelp.button.jump1.titlestringhtmlhelp.button.jump1.titleTitle of Jump1 button
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump1.title">User1</xsl:param>
DescriptionTitle of Jump1 button.htmlhelp.button.jump2booleanhtmlhelp.button.jump2Should the Jump2 button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump2" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Jump2 button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.jump2.urlstringhtmlhelp.button.jump2.urlURL address of page accessible by Jump2 button
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump2.url"></xsl:param>
DescriptionURL address of page accessible by Jump2 button.htmlhelp.button.jump2.titlestringhtmlhelp.button.jump2.titleTitle of Jump2 button
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.jump2.title">User2</xsl:param>
DescriptionTitle of Jump2 button.htmlhelp.button.nextbooleanhtmlhelp.button.nextShould the Next button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.next" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Next button on the toolbar.htmlhelp.button.prevbooleanhtmlhelp.button.prevShould the Prev button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.prev" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Prev button on the toolbar.
htmlhelp.button.zoombooleanhtmlhelp.button.zoomShould the Zoom button be shown?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.button.zoom" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to include the Zoom button on the toolbar.
htmlhelp.remember.window.positionbooleanhtmlhelp.remember.window.positionRemember help window position?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.remember.window.position" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero to remember help window position between starts.htmlhelp.window.geometrystringhtmlhelp.window.geometrySet initial geometry of help window
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.window.geometry"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies initial position of help
window. E.g.<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.window.geometry">[160,64,992,704]</xsl:param>htmlhelp.use.hhkbooleanhtmlhelp.use.hhkShould the index be built using the HHK file?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.use.hhk" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the index is created using the HHK file (instead of using object
elements in the HTML files). For more information, see Generating an index.htmlhelp.onlybooleanhtmlhelp.onlyShould only project files be generated?
<xsl:param name="htmlhelp.only" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSet to non-zero if you want to play with various HTML Help parameters
and you don't need to regenerate all HTML files. This setting will not
process whole document, only project files (hhp, hhc, hhk,...) will be
generated.Eclipse Help Platformeclipse.autolabelbooleaneclipse.autolabelShould tree-like ToC use autonumbering feature?
<xsl:param name="eclipse.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want to include chapter and section numbers into ToC in
the left panel, set this parameter to 1.eclipse.plugin.namestringeclipse.plugin.nameEclipse Help plugin name
<xsl:param name="eclipse.plugin.name">DocBook Online Help Sample</xsl:param>
DescriptionEclipse Help plugin name.eclipse.plugin.idstringeclipse.plugin.idEclipse Help plugin id
<xsl:param name="eclipse.plugin.id">com.example.help</xsl:param>
DescriptionEclipse Help plugin id. You should change this id to something
unique for each help.eclipse.plugin.providerstringeclipse.plugin.providerEclipse Help plugin provider name
<xsl:param name="eclipse.plugin.provider">Example provider</xsl:param>
DescriptionEclipse Help plugin provider name.JavaHelpjavahelp.encodingstringjavahelp.encodingCharacter encoding to use in control files for JavaHelp.
<xsl:param name="javahelp.encoding">iso-8859-1</xsl:param>
DescriptionJavaHelp crashes on some characters when written as character
references. In that case you can use this parameter to select an appropriate encoding.Localizationl10n.gentext.languagestringl10n.gentext.languageSets the gentext language
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.language"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf this parameter is set to any value other than the empty string, its
value will be used as the value for the language when generating text. Setting
l10n.gentext.language overrides any settings within the
document being formatted.It's much more likely that you might want to set the
l10n.gentext.default.language parameter.l10n.gentext.default.languagestringl10n.gentext.default.languageSets the default language for generated text
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.default.language">en</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of the l10n.gentext.default.language
parameter is used as the language for generated text if no setting is provided
in the source document.l10n.gentext.use.xref.languagebooleanl10n.gentext.use.xref.languageUse the language of target when generating cross-reference text?
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.use.xref.language" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the language of the target will be used when
generating cross reference text. Usually, the current
language is used when generating text (that is, the language of the
element that contains the cross-reference element). But setting this parameter
allows the language of the element pointed to to control
the generated text.Consider the following example:<para lang="en">See also <xref linkend="chap3"/>.</para>
Suppose that Chapter 3 happens to be written in German.
If l10n.gentext.use.xref.language is non-zero, the
resulting text will be something like this:
See also Kapital 3.
Where the more traditional rendering would be:
See also Chapter 3.
l10n.lang.value.rfc.compliantbooleanl10n.lang.value.rfc.compliantMake value of lang attribute RFC compliant?
<xsl:param name="l10n.lang.value.rfc.compliant" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, ensure that the values for all lang attributes in HTML output are RFC
compliantSection 8.1.1, Language Codes, in the HTML 4.0 Recommendation states that:
[RFC1766] defines and explains the language codes
that must be used in HTML documents.Briefly, language codes consist of a primary code and a possibly
empty series of subcodes:
language-code = primary-code ( "-" subcode )*And in RFC 1766, Tags for the Identification
of Languages, the EBNF for "language tag" is given as:
Language-Tag = Primary-tag *( "-" Subtag )
Primary-tag = 1*8ALPHA
Subtag = 1*8ALPHA
.
by taking any underscore characters in any lang values found in source documents, and
replacing them with hyphen characters in output HTML files. For
example, zh_CN in a source document becomes
zh-CN in the HTML output form that source.
This parameter does not cause any case change in lang values, because RFC 1766
explicitly states that all "language tags" (as it calls them) "are
to be treated as case insensitive".writing.modestringwriting.modeDirection of text flow based on locale
<xsl:param name="writing.mode">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
<xsl:with-param name="key">writing-mode</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="lang">
<xsl:call-template name="l10n.language">
<xsl:with-param name="target" select="/*[1]"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets direction of text flow and text alignment based on locale.
The value is normally taken from the gentext file for the
lang attribute of the document's root element, using the
key name 'writing-mode' to look it up in the gentext file.
But the param can also be
set on the command line to override that gentext value.
Accepted values are:
lr-tbLeft-to-right text flow in each line, lines stack top to bottom.rl-tbRight-to-left text flow in each line, lines stack top to bottom.tb-rlTop-to-bottom text flow in each vertical line, lines stack right to left.
Supported by only a few XSL-FO processors. Not supported in HTML output.lrShorthand for lr-tb.rlShorthand for rl-tb.tbShorthand for tb-rl.FO Parameter ReferenceThis is reference documentation for all user-configurable
parameters in the DocBook XSL FO stylesheets (for generating
XSL-FO output destined for final print/PDF output).Admonitionsadmon.graphicsbooleanadmon.graphicsUse graphics in admonitions?
<xsl:param name="admon.graphics" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true (non-zero), admonitions are presented in an alternate style that uses
a graphic. Default graphics are provided in the distribution.
admon.graphics.extensionstringadmon.graphics.extensionFilename extension for admonition graphics
<xsl:param name="admon.graphics.extension">.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the filename extension to use on admonition graphics.admon.graphics.pathstringadmon.graphics.pathPath to admonition graphics<xsl:param name="admon.graphics.path">images/</xsl:param>DescriptionSets the path to the directory containing the admonition graphics
(caution.png, important.png etc). This location is normally relative
to the output html directory. See base.diradmon.textlabelbooleanadmon.textlabelUse text label in admonitions?
<xsl:param name="admon.textlabel" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf true (non-zero), admonitions are presented with a generated
text label such as Note or Warning in the appropriate language.
If zero, such labels are turned off, but any title child
of the admonition element are still output.
The default value is 1.
admonition.title.propertiesattribute setadmonition.title.propertiesTo set the style for admonitions titles.
<xsl:attribute-set name="admonition.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">14pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionHow do you want admonitions titles styled? Set the font-size, weight etc to the style required.admonition.propertiesattribute setadmonition.propertiesTo set the style for admonitions.<xsl:attribute-set name="admonition.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionHow do you want admonitions styled? Set the font-size, weight, etc. to the style requiredgraphical.admonition.propertiesattribute setgraphical.admonition.propertiesTo add properties to the outer block of a graphical admonition.<xsl:attribute-set name="graphical.admonition.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the outer block containing the
entire graphical admonition, including its title.
It is used when the parameter
admon.graphics is set to nonzero.
Use this attribute-set to set the space above and below,
and any indent for the whole admonition.In addition to these properties, a graphical admonition
also applies the admonition.title.properties
attribute-set to the title, and applies the
admonition.properties attribute-set
to the rest of the content.nongraphical.admonition.propertiesattribute setnongraphical.admonition.propertiesTo add properties to the outer block of a nongraphical admonition.<xsl:attribute-set name="nongraphical.admonition.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">0.25in</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.end}">0.25in</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the outer block containing the
entire nongraphical admonition, including its title.
It is used when the parameter
admon.graphics is set to zero.
Use this attribute-set to set the space above and below,
and any indent for the whole admonition.In addition to these properties, a nongraphical admonition
also applies the admonition.title.properties
attribute-set to the title, and the
admonition.properties attribute-set
to the rest of the content.Calloutscallout.defaultcolumnintegercallout.defaultcolumnIndicates what column callouts appear in by default
<xsl:param name="callout.defaultcolumn">60</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf a callout does not identify a column (for example, if it uses
the linerangeunit),
it will appear in the default column.
callout.graphicsbooleancallout.graphicsUse graphics for callouts?
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, callouts are presented with graphics (e.g., reverse-video
circled numbers instead of "(1)", "(2)", etc.).
Default graphics are provided in the distribution.
callout.graphics.extensionstringcallout.graphics.extensionFilename extension for callout graphics
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.extension">.svg</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the filename extension to use on callout graphics. The Docbook XSL distribution provides callout graphics in the following formats:SVG (extension: .svg)PNG (extension: .png)GIF (extension: .gif)callout.graphics.number.limitintegercallout.graphics.number.limitNumber of the largest callout graphic
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.number.limit">30</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.graphics is non-zero, graphics
are used to represent callout numbers instead of plain text. The value
of callout.graphics.number.limit is the largest
number for which a graphic exists. If the callout number exceeds this
limit, the default presentation "(plain text instead of a graphic)"
will be used.
callout.graphics.pathstringcallout.graphics.pathPath to callout graphics
<xsl:param name="callout.graphics.path">images/callouts/</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the path to the directory holding the callout graphics. his
location is normally relative to the output html directory. see
base.dir. Always terminate the directory with / since the graphic file
is appended to this string, hence needs the separator.
callout.icon.sizelengthcallout.icon.sizeSpecifies the size of callout marker icons
<xsl:param name="callout.icon.size">7pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the size of the callout marker icons.
The default size is 7 points.callout.unicodebooleancallout.unicodeUse Unicode characters rather than images for callouts.<xsl:param name="callout.unicode" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionThe stylesheets can use either an image of the numbers one to ten, or the single Unicode character which represents the numeral, in white on a black background. Use this to select the Unicode character option.
callout.unicode.fontstringcallout.unicode.fontSpecify a font for Unicode glyphs
<xsl:param name="callout.unicode.font">ZapfDingbats</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe name of the font to specify around Unicode callout glyphs.
If set to the empty string, no font change will occur.
callout.unicode.number.limitintegercallout.unicode.number.limitNumber of the largest unicode callout character
<xsl:param name="callout.unicode.number.limit">10</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.unicode
is non-zero, unicode characters are used to represent
callout numbers. The value of
callout.unicode.number.limit
is
the largest number for which a unicode character exists. If the callout number
exceeds this limit, the default presentation "(nnn)" will always
be used.
callout.unicode.start.characterintegercallout.unicode.start.characterFirst Unicode character to use, decimal value.
<xsl:param name="callout.unicode.start.character">10102</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf callout.graphics is zero and callout.unicode
is non-zero, unicode characters are used to represent
callout numbers. The value of
callout.unicode.start.character
is the decimal unicode value used for callout number one. Currently,
only 10102 is supported in the stylesheets for this parameter.
callouts.extensionbooleancallouts.extensionEnable the callout extension
<xsl:param name="callouts.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe callouts extension processes areaset
elements in programlistingco and other text-based
callout elements.
ToC/LoT/Index Generationautotoc.label.separatorstringautotoc.label.separatorSeparator between labels and titles in the ToC
<xsl:param name="autotoc.label.separator">. </xsl:param>
DescriptionString used to separate labels and titles in a table of contents.process.empty.source.tocbooleanprocess.empty.source.tocGenerate automated TOC if toc element occurs in a source document?<xsl:param name="process.empty.source.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies that if an empty toc element is found in a
source document, an automated TOC is generated at this point in the
document.
Depending on what the value of the
generate.toc parameter is, setting this
parameter to 1 could result in generation of
duplicate automated TOCs. So the
process.empty.source.toc is primarily useful
as an "override": by placing an empty toc in your
document and setting this parameter to 1, you can
force a TOC to be generated even if generate.toc
says not to.process.source.tocbooleanprocess.source.tocProcess a non-empty toc element if it occurs in a source document?<xsl:param name="process.source.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies that the contents of a non-empty "hard-coded"
toc element in a source document are processed to
generate a TOC in output.
This parameter has no effect on automated generation of
TOCs. An automated TOC may still be generated along with the
"hard-coded" TOC. To suppress automated TOC generation, adjust the
value of the generate.toc paramameter.The process.source.toc parameter also has
no effect if the toc element is empty; handling
for empty toc is controlled by the
process.empty.source.toc parameter.generate.toctablegenerate.tocControl generation of ToCs and LoTs
<xsl:param name="generate.toc">
/appendix toc,title
article/appendix nop
/article toc,title
book toc,title,figure,table,example,equation
/chapter toc,title
part toc,title
/preface toc,title
reference toc,title
/sect1 toc
/sect2 toc
/sect3 toc
/sect4 toc
/sect5 toc
/section toc
set toc,title
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter has a structured value. It is a table of space-delimited
path/value pairs. Each path identifies some element in the source document
using a restricted subset of XPath (only the implicit child axis, no wildcards,
no predicates). Paths can be either relative or absolute.When processing a particular element, the stylesheets consult this table to
determine if a ToC (or LoT(s)) should be generated.For example, consider the entry:book toc,figureThis indicates that whenever a book is formatted, a
Table Of Contents and a List of Figures should be generated. Similarly,/chapter tocindicates that whenever a document that has a root
ofchapter is formatted, a Table of
Contents should be generated. The entry chapter would match
all chapters, but /chapter matches only chapter
document elements.Generally, the longest match wins. So, for example, if you want to distinguish
articles in books from articles in parts, you could use these two entries:book/article toc,figure
part/article tocNote that an article in a part can never match a book/article,
so if you want nothing to be generated for articles in parts, you can simply leave
that rule out.If you want to leave the rule in, to make it explicit that you're turning
something off, use the value nop. For example, the following
entry disables ToCs and LoTs for articles:article nopDo not simply leave the word article in the file
without a matching value. That'd be just begging the silly little
path/value parser to get confused.Section ToCs are further controlled by the
generate.section.toc.level parameter.
For a given section level to have a ToC, it must have both an entry in
generate.toc and be within the range enabled by
generate.section.toc.level.generate.indexbooleangenerate.indexDo you want an index?<xsl:param name="generate.index" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionSpecify if an index should be generated. make.index.markupbooleanmake.index.markupGenerate XML index markup in the index?
<xsl:param name="make.index.markup" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter enables a very neat trick for getting properly
merged, collated back-of-the-book indexes. G. Ken Holman suggested
this trick at Extreme Markup Languages 2002 and I'm indebted to him
for it.Jeni Tennison's excellent code in
autoidx.xsl does a great job of merging and
sorting indexterms in the document and building a
back-of-the-book index. However, there's one thing that it cannot
reasonably be expected to do: merge page numbers into ranges. (I would
not have thought that it could collate and suppress duplicate page
numbers, but in fact it appears to manage that task somehow.)Ken's trick is to produce a document in which the index at the
back of the book is displayed in XML. Because the index
is generated by the FO processor, all of the page numbers have been resolved.
It's a bit hard to explain, but what it boils down to is that instead of having
an index at the back of the book that looks like this:
After building a PDF file with this sort of odd-looking index, you can
extract the text from the PDF file and the result is a proper index expressed in
XML.Now you have data that's amenable to processing and a simple Perl script
(such as fo/pdf2index) can
merge page ranges and generate a proper index.Finally, reformat your original document using this literal index instead of
an automatically generated one and bingo!index.methodlistbasickosekkimberindex.methodSelect method used to group index entries in an index
<xsl:param name="index.method">basic</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter lets you select which method to use for sorting and grouping
index entries in an index.
Indexes in Latin-based languages that have accented characters typically
sort together accented words and unaccented words.
Thus Á (U+00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE) would sort together
with A (U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A), so both would appear in the A
section of the index.
Languages using other alphabets (such as Russian, which is written in the Cyrillic alphabet)
and languages using ideographic chararacters (such as Japanese)
require grouping specific to the languages and alphabets.
The default indexing method is limited.
It can group accented characters in Latin-based languages only.
It cannot handle non-Latin alphabets or ideographic languages.
The other indexing methods require extensions of one type or
another, and do not work with
all XSLT processors, which is why they are not used by default.The three choices for indexing method are:basic
(default) Sort and groups words based only on the Latin alphabet.
Words with accented Latin letters will group and sort with
their respective primary letter, but
words in non-Latin alphabets will be
put in the Symbols section of the index.
kosek
This method sorts and groups words based on letter groups configured in
the DocBook locale file for the given language.
See, for example, the French locale file common/fr.xml.
This method requires that the XSLT processor
supports the EXSLT extensions (most do).
It also requires support for using
user-defined functions in xsl:key (xsltproc does not).
This method is suitable for any language for which you can
list all the individual characters that should appear
in each letter group in an index.
It is probably not practical to use it for ideographic languages
such as Chinese that have hundreds or thousands of characters.
To use the kosek method, you must:Use a processor that supports its extensions, such as
Saxon 6 or Xalan (xsltproc and Saxon 8 do not).
Set the index.method parameter's value to kosek.
Import the appropriate index extensions stylesheet module
fo/autoidx-kosek.xsl or
html/autoidx-kosek.xsl into your
customization.
kimber
This method uses extensions to the Saxon processor to implement
sophisticated indexing processes. It uses its own
configuration file, which can include information for any number of
languages. Each language's configuration can group
words using one of two processes. In the
enumerated process similar to that used in the kosek method,
you indicate the groupings character-by-character.
In the between-key process, you specify the
break-points in the sort order that should start a new group.
The latter configuration is useful for ideographic languages
such as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.
You can also define your own collation algorithms and how you
want mixed Latin-alphabet words sorted.For a whitepaper describing the extensions, see:
http://www.innodata-isogen.com/knowledge_center/white_papers/back_of_book_for_xsl_fo.pdf.
To download the extension library, see
http://www.innodata-isogen.com/knowledge_center/tools_downloads/i18nsupport.
To use the kimber method, you must:Use Saxon (version 6 or 8) as your XSLT processor.
Install and configure the Innodata Isogen library, using
the documentation that comes with it.
Set the index.method parameter's value to kimber.
Import the appropriate index extensions stylesheet module
fo/autoidx-kimber.xsl or
html/autoidx-kimber.xsl into your
customization.
index.on.typebooleanindex.on.typeSelect indexterms based on type
attribute value
<xsl:param name="index.on.type" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero,
then an index element that has a
type attribute
value will contain only those indexterm
elements with a matching type attribute value.
If an index has no type
attribute or it is blank, then the index will contain
all indexterms in the current scope.
If index.on.type is zero, then the
type attribute has no effect
on selecting indexterms for an index.
For those using DocBook version 4.2 or earlier,
the type attribute is not available
for index terms. However, you can achieve the same
effect by using the role attribute
in the same manner on indexterm
and index, and setting the stylesheet parameter
index.on.role to a nonzero value.
index.on.rolebooleanindex.on.roleSelect indexterms based on role value
<xsl:param name="index.on.role" select="0"></xsl:param>
Description
If non-zero,
then an index element that has a
role attribute
value will contain only those indexterm
elements with a matching role value.
If an index has no role
attribute or it is blank, then the index will contain
all indexterms in the current scope.
If index.on.role is zero, then the
role attribute has no effect
on selecting indexterms for an index.
If you are using DocBook version 4.3 or later, you should
use the type attribute instead of role
on indexterm and index,
and set the index.on.type to a nonzero
value.
index.preferred.page.propertiesattribute setindex.preferred.page.propertiesProperties used to emphasize page number references for
significant index terms
<xsl:attribute-set name="index.preferred.page.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties used to emphasize page number references for
significant index terms (significance=preferred). Currently works only with
XEP.index.entry.propertiesattribute setindex.entry.propertiesProperties applied to the formatted entries
in an index
<xsl:attribute-set name="index.entry.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0pt</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the block containing
the entries in a letter division in an index. It can be used to set the
font-size, font-family, and other inheritable properties that will be
applied to all index entries.index.div.title.propertiesattribute setindex.div.title.propertiesProperties associated with the letter headings in an
index
<xsl:attribute-set name="index.div.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">0pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">14.4pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-family"><xsl:value-of select="$title.fontset"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master,'pt')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master,'pt * 0.8')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master,'pt * 1.2')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0pt</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is used on the letter headings that separate
the divisions in an index.index.number.separatorstringindex.number.separatorOverride for punctuation separating page numbers in index
<xsl:param name="index.number.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you to override the text to insert between
page references in a formatted index entry. Typically
that would be a comma and a space.
Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'number-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
override the gentext with the content of this parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
In HTML index output, section title references are used instead of
page number references. This punctuation appears between
such section titles in an HTML index.
index.range.separatorstringindex.range.separatorOverride for punctuation separating the two numbers
in a page range in index
<xsl:param name="index.range.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you
to override the text to insert between
the two numbers of a page range in an index.
This parameter is only used by those XSL-FO processors
that support an extension for generating such page ranges
(such as XEP).Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'range-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
override the gentext with the content of this parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
In HTML index output, section title references are used instead of
page number references. So there are no page ranges
and this parameter has no effect.
index.term.separatorstringindex.term.separatorOverride for punctuation separating an index term
from its list of page references in an index
<xsl:param name="index.term.separator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter permits you to override
the text to insert between
the end of an index term and its list of page references.
Typically that might be a comma and a space.
Because this text may be locale dependent,
this parameter's value is normally taken from a gentext
template named 'term-separator' in the
context 'index' in the stylesheet
locale file for the language
of the current document.
This parameter can be used to override the gentext string,
and would typically be used on the command line.
This parameter would apply to all languages.
So this text string can be customized in two ways.
You can reset the default gentext string using
the local.l10n.xml parameter, or you can
fill in the content for this normally empty
override parameter.
The content can be a simple string, or it can be
something more complex such as a call-template.
For fo output, it could be an fo:leader
element to provide space of a specific length, or a dot leader.
xep.index.item.propertiesattribute setxep.index.item.propertiesProperties associated with XEP index-items
<xsl:attribute-set name="xep.index.item.properties" use-attribute-sets="index.page.number.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="merge-subsequent-page-numbers">true</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="link-back">true</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties associated with XEP index-items, which generate
page numbers in an index processed by XEP. For more info see
the XEP documentation section "Indexes" in
http://www.renderx.com/reference.html#Indexes.This attribute-set also adds by default any properties from the
index.page.number.properties
attribute-set.toc.section.depthintegertoc.section.depthHow deep should recursive sections appear
in the TOC?<xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies the depth to which recursive sections should appear in the
TOC.
toc.max.depthintegertoc.max.depthHow many levels should be created for each TOC?<xsl:param name="toc.max.depth">8</xsl:param>DescriptionSpecifies the maximal depth of TOC on all levels.toc.indent.widthfloattoc.indent.widthAmount of indentation for TOC entries
<xsl:param name="toc.indent.width">24</xsl:param>
<!-- inconsistant point specification? -->
DescriptionSpecifies, in points, the distance by which each level of the
TOC is indented from its parent.This value is expressed in points, without
a unit (in other words, it is a bare number). Using a bare number allows the stylesheet
to perform calculations that would otherwise have to be performed by the FO processor
because not all processors support expressions.toc.line.propertiesattribute settoc.line.propertiesProperties for lines in ToCs and LoTs
<xsl:attribute-set name="toc.line.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="text-align-last">justify</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="end-indent"><xsl:value-of select="concat($toc.indent.width, 'pt')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="last-line-end-indent"><xsl:value-of select="concat('-', $toc.indent.width, 'pt')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties which are applied to every line in ToC (or LoT). You can
modify them in order to change appearance of all, or some lines. For
example, in order to make lines for chapters bold, specify the
following in your customization layer:<xsl:attribute-set name="toc.line.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="self::chapter">bold</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>normal</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>toc.margin.propertiesattribute settoc.margin.propertiesMargin properties used on Tables of Contents
<xsl:attribute-set name="toc.margin.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is used on Tables of Contents. These attributes are set
on the wrapper that surrounds the ToC block, not on each individual lines.bridgehead.in.tocbooleanbridgehead.in.tocShould bridgehead elements appear in the TOC?<xsl:param name="bridgehead.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, bridgeheads appear in the TOC. Note that
this option is not fully supported and may be removed in a future
version of the stylesheets.
simplesect.in.tocbooleansimplesect.in.tocShould simplesect elements appear in the TOC?<xsl:param name="simplesect.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, simplesects will be included in the TOC.
generate.section.toc.levelintegergenerate.section.toc.levelControl depth of TOC generation in sections
<xsl:param name="generate.section.toc.level" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe generate.section.toc.level parameter
controls the depth of section in which TOCs will be generated. Note
that this is related to, but not the same as
toc.section.depth, which controls the depth to
which TOC entries will be generated in a given TOC.If, for example, generate.section.toc.level
is 3, TOCs will be generated in first, second, and third
level sections, but not in fourth level sections.
Processor Extensionsarbortext.extensionsbooleanarbortext.extensionsEnable Arbortext extensions?<xsl:param name="arbortext.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero,
Arbortext
extensions will be used.
This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supportedaxf.extensionsbooleanaxf.extensionsEnable XSL Formatter extensions?
<xsl:param name="axf.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero,
XSL Formatter
extensions will be used. XSL Formatter extensions consists of PDF bookmarks,
document information and better index processing.This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supportedfop.extensionsbooleanfop.extensionsEnable extensions for FOP version 0.20.5 and earlier<xsl:param name="fop.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, extensions intended for
FOP
version 0.20.5 and earlier will be used.
At present, this consists of PDF bookmarks.
This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supported.If you are using a version of FOP beyond
version 0.20.5, then use the fop1.extensions parameter
instead.
fop1.extensionsbooleanfop1.extensionsEnable extensions for FOP version 0.90 and later<xsl:param name="fop1.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, extensions for
FOP
version 0.90 and later will be used.
This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supported.The original fop.extensions parameter
should still be used for FOP version 0.20.5 and earlier.
passivetex.extensionsbooleanpassivetex.extensionsEnable PassiveTeX extensions?<xsl:param name="passivetex.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero,
PassiveTeX
extensions will be used. At present, this consists of PDF bookmarks
and sorted index terms.
This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supportedPassiveTeX is incomplete and development has ceased. In most cases,
another XSL-FO engine is probably a better choice.tex.math.in.altlistplainlatextex.math.in.altTeX notation used for equations
<xsl:param name="tex.math.in.alt"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you want type math directly in TeX notation in equations,
this parameter specifies notation used. Currently are supported two
values -- plain and latex. Empty
value means that you are not using TeX math at all.Preferred way for including TeX alternative of math is inside of
textobject element. Eg.:<inlineequation>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="eq1.gif"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject><phrase>E=mc squared</phrase></textobject>
<textobject role="tex"><phrase>E=mc^2</phrase></textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</inlineequation>If you are using graphic element, you can
store TeX inside alt element:<inlineequation>
<alt role="tex">a^2+b^2=c^2</alt>
<graphic fileref="a2b2c2.gif"/>
</inlineequation>If you want use this feature, you should process your FO with
PassiveTeX, which only supports TeX math notation. When calling
stylsheet, don't forget to specify also
passivetex.extensions=1.If you want equations in HTML, just process generated file
tex-math-equations.tex by TeX or LaTeX. Then run
dvi2bitmap program on result DVI file. You will get images for
equations in your document.This feature is useful for print/PDF output only if you
use the obsolete and now unsupported PassiveTeX XSL-FO
engine.Related Parameterstex.math.delims,
passivetex.extensions,
tex.math.filetex.math.delimsbooleantex.math.delimsShould equations output for processing by TeX be
surrounded by math mode delimiters?
<xsl:param name="tex.math.delims" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionFor compatibility with DSSSL based DBTeXMath from Allin Cottrell
you should set this parameter to 0.This feature is useful for print/PDF output only if you
use the obsolete and now unsupported PassiveTeX XSL-FO
engine.Related Parameterstex.math.in.alt,
passivetex.extensionsSee AlsoYou can also use the dbtex delims processing
instruction to control whether delimiters are output.xep.extensionsbooleanxep.extensionsEnable XEP extensions?<xsl:param name="xep.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero,
XEP
extensions will be used. XEP extensions consists of PDF bookmarks,
document information and better index processing.
This parameter can also affect which graphics file formats
are supportedStylesheet Extensionslinenumbering.everyNthintegerlinenumbering.everyNthIndicate which lines should be numbered
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.everyNth">5</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf line numbering is enabled, everyNth line will be
numbered. Note that numbering is one based, not zero based.
linenumbering.extensionbooleanlinenumbering.extensionEnable the line numbering extension
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, verbatim environments (address, literallayout,
programlisting, screen, synopsis) that specify line numbering will
have line numbers.
linenumbering.separatorstringlinenumbering.separatorSpecify a separator between line numbers and lines
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe separator is inserted between line numbers and lines in the
verbatim environment. The default value is a single white space.
Note the interaction with linenumbering.widthlinenumbering.widthintegerlinenumbering.widthIndicates the width of line numbers
<xsl:param name="linenumbering.width">3</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf line numbering is enabled, line numbers will appear right
justified in a field "width" characters wide.
tablecolumns.extensionbooleantablecolumns.extensionEnable the table columns extension function
<xsl:param name="tablecolumns.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe table columns extension function adjusts the widths of table
columns in the HTML result to more accurately reflect the specifications
in the CALS table.
textinsert.extensionbooleantextinsert.extensionEnables the textinsert extension element
<xsl:param name="textinsert.extension" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe textinsert extension element inserts the contents of
a file into the result tree (as text).To use the textinsert extension element, you must use
either Saxon or Xalan as your XSLT processor (it doesn’t
work with xsltproc), along with either the DocBook Saxon
extensions or DocBook Xalan extensions (for more
information about those extensions, see DocBook Saxon Extensions and DocBook Xalan Extensions), and you must set both
the use.extensions and
textinsert.extension parameters to
1.As an alternative to using the textinsert element,
consider using an Xinclude element with the
parse="text" attribute and value
specified, as detailed in Using XInclude for text inclusions.See AlsoYou can also use the dbhtml-include href processing
instruction to insert external files — both files containing
plain text and files with markup content (including HTML
content).More informationFor how-to documentation on inserting contents of
external code files and other text files into output, see
External code files.For guidelines on inserting contents of
HTML files into output, see Inserting external HTML code.textdata.default.encodingstringtextdata.default.encodingDefault encoding of external text files which are included
using textdata element
<xsl:param name="textdata.default.encoding"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the encoding of any external text files included using
textdata element. This value is used only when you do
not specify encoding by the appropriate attribute
directly on textdata. An empty string is interpreted as the system
default encoding.use.extensionsbooleanuse.extensionsEnable extensions
<xsl:param name="use.extensions" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, extensions may be used. Each extension is
further controlled by its own parameter. But if
use.extensions is zero, no extensions will
be used.
Automatic labellingappendix.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...appendix.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Appendix titles
<xsl:param name="appendix.autolabel">A</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then appendices will be numbered using the
parameter value as the number format if the value matches one of the
following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperalpha).
chapter.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...chapter.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Chapter titles
<xsl:param name="chapter.autolabel" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, then chapters will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (arabic).
part.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...part.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Part titles
<xsl:param name="part.autolabel">I</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then parts will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperroman).
reference.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...reference.autolabelSpecifies the labeling format for Reference titles
<xsl:param name="reference.autolabel">I</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, references will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the
following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any non-zero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (upperroman).
preface.autolabellist0none11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...preface.autolabelSpecifices the labeling format for Preface titles<xsl:param name="preface.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero then prefaces will be numbered using the parameter
value as the number format if the value matches one of the following:
1 or arabicArabic numeration (1, 2, 3 ...).A or upperalphaUppercase letter numeration (A, B, C ...).a or loweralphaLowercase letter numeration (a, b, c ...).I or upperromanUppercase roman numeration (I, II, III ...).i or lowerromanLowercase roman letter numeration (i, ii, iii ...).Any nonzero value other than the above will generate
the default number format (arabic).
section.autolabelbooleansection.autolabelAre sections enumerated?<xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf true (non-zero), unlabeled sections will be enumerated.
section.autolabel.max.depthintegersection.autolabel.max.depthThe deepest level of sections that are numbered.
<xsl:param name="section.autolabel.max.depth">8</xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen section numbering is turned on by the
section.autolabel parameter, then this
parameter controls the depth of section nesting that is
numbered. Sections nested to a level deeper than this value will not
be numbered.
section.label.includes.component.labelbooleansection.label.includes.component.labelDo section labels include the component label?<xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, section labels are prefixed with the label of the
component that contains them.
label.from.partbooleanlabel.from.partRenumber components in each part?
<xsl:param name="label.from.part" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf label.from.part is non-zero, then
numbering of components — preface,
chapter, appendix, and
reference (when reference occurs at the
component level) — is re-started within each
part.If label.from.part is zero (the
default), numbering of components is not
re-started within each part; instead, components are
numbered sequentially throughout each book,
regardless of whether or not they occur within part
instances.component.label.includes.part.labelbooleancomponent.label.includes.part.labelDo component labels include the part label?<xsl:param name="component.label.includes.part.label" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, number labels for chapter,
appendix, and other component elements are prefixed with
the label of the part element that contains them. So you might see
Chapter II.3 instead of Chapter 3. Also, the labels for formal
elements such as table and figure will include
the part label. If there is no part element container, then no prefix
is generated.
This feature is most useful when the
label.from.part parameter is turned on.
In that case, there would be more than one chapter1, and the extra part label prefix will identify
each chapter unambiguously.
XSLT ProcessingrootidstringrootidSpecify the root element to format
<xsl:param name="rootid"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf rootid is not empty, it must be the
value of an ID that occurs in the document being formatted. The entire
document will be loaded and parsed, but formatting will begin at the
element identified, rather than at the root. For example, this allows
you to process only chapter 4 of a book.Because the entire document is available to the processor, automatic
numbering, cross references, and other dependencies are correctly
resolved.Meta/*Infomake.single.year.rangesbooleanmake.single.year.rangesPrint single-year ranges (e.g., 1998-1999)
<xsl:param name="make.single.year.ranges" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, year ranges that span a single year will be printed
in range notation (1998-1999) instead of discrete notation
(1998, 1999).make.year.rangesbooleanmake.year.rangesCollate copyright years into ranges?<xsl:param name="make.year.ranges" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, multiple copyright year elements will be
collated into ranges.
This works only if each year number is put into a separate
year element. The copyright element permits multiple
year elements. If a year element contains a dash or
a comma, then that year element will not be merged into
any range.
author.othername.in.middlebooleanauthor.othername.in.middleIs othername in author a
middle name?
<xsl:param name="author.othername.in.middle" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, the othername of an author
appears between the firstname and
surname. Otherwise, othername
is suppressed.
Reference Pagesfuncsynopsis.decorationbooleanfuncsynopsis.decorationDecorate elements of a funcsynopsis?
<xsl:param name="funcsynopsis.decoration" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, elements of the funcsynopsis will be
decorated (e.g. rendered as bold or italic text). The decoration is controlled by
templates that can be redefined in a customization layer.
funcsynopsis.stylelistansikrfuncsynopsis.styleWhat style of funcsynopsis should be generated?<xsl:param name="funcsynopsis.style">kr</xsl:param>DescriptionIf funcsynopsis.style is ansi,
ANSI-style function synopses are generated for a
funcsynopsis, otherwise K&R-style
function synopses are generated.
function.parensbooleanfunction.parensGenerate parens after a function?
<xsl:param name="function.parens" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the formatting of a function element
will include generated parentheses.
refentry.generate.namebooleanrefentry.generate.nameOutput NAME header before refnames?
<xsl:param name="refentry.generate.name" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a "NAME" section title is output before the list
of refnames. This parameter and
refentry.generate.title are mutually
exclusive. This means that if you change this parameter to zero, you
should set refentry.generate.title to non-zero unless
you want get quite strange output.
refentry.generate.titlebooleanrefentry.generate.titleOutput title before refnames?
<xsl:param name="refentry.generate.title" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the reference page title or first name is
output before the list of refnames. This parameter and
refentry.generate.name are mutually exclusive.
This means that if you change this parameter to non-zero, you
should set refentry.generate.name to zero unless
you want get quite strange output.refentry.pagebreakbooleanrefentry.pagebreakStart each refentry on a new page<xsl:param name="refentry.pagebreak" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero (the default), each refentry
element will start on a new page. If zero, a page
break will not be generated between refentry elements.
The exception is when the refentry elements are children of
a part element, in which case the page breaks are always
retained. That is because a part element does not generate
a page-sequence for its children, so each refentry must
start its own page-sequence.
refentry.title.propertiesattribute setrefentry.title.propertiesTitle properties for a refentry title
<xsl:attribute-set name="refentry.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.font.family"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">18pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1.0em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.4em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">0.6em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent"><xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionFormatting properties applied to the title generated for the
refnamediv part of output for
refentry when the value of the
refentry.generate.title parameter is
non-zero. The font size is supplied by the appropriate section.levelX.title.properties
attribute-set, computed from the location of the
refentry in the section hierarchy.This parameter has no effect on the the title generated for
the refnamediv part of output for
refentry when the value of the
refentry.generate.name parameter is
non-zero. By default, that title is formatted with the same
properties as the titles for all other first-level children of
refentry.refentry.xref.manvolnumbooleanrefentry.xref.manvolnumOutput manvolnum as part of
refentry cross-reference?
<xsl:param name="refentry.xref.manvolnum" select="1"></xsl:param>
Descriptionif non-zero, the manvolnum is used when cross-referencing
refentrys, either with xref
or citerefentry.
refclass.suppressbooleanrefclass.suppressSuppress display of refclass contents?
<xsl:param name="refclass.suppress" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf the value of refclass.suppress is
non-zero, then display of refclass contents is
suppressed in output.Tablesdefault.table.widthlengthdefault.table.widthThe default width of tables
<xsl:param name="default.table.width"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, this value will be used for the
width attribute on tables that do not specify an
alternate width (with the dbhtml table-width or
dbfo table-width processing instruction).nominal.table.widthlengthnominal.table.widthThe (absolute) nominal width of tables
<xsl:param name="nominal.table.width">6in</xsl:param>
DescriptionIn order to convert CALS column widths into HTML column widths, it
is sometimes necessary to have an absolute table width to use for conversion
of mixed absolute and relative widths. This value must be an absolute
length (not a percentage).default.table.framestringdefault.table.frameThe default framing of tables
<xsl:param name="default.table.frame">all</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis value will be used when there is no frame attribute on the
table. default.table.rulesstringdefault.table.rulesThe default column and row rules for tables using HTML markup
<xsl:param name="default.table.rules">none</xsl:param>
DescriptionTables using HTML markup elements can use an attribute
named rules on the table or
informaltable element
to specify whether column and row border rules should be
displayed. This parameter lets you specify a global default
style for all HTML tables that don't otherwise have
that attribute.These are the supported values:allRules will appear between all rows and columns.rowsRules will appear between rows only.colsRules will appear between columns only.groupsRules will appear between row groups (thead, tfoot, tbody).
No support for rules between column groups yet.
noneNo rules. This is the default value.
The border after the last row and the border after
the last column are not affected by
this setting. Those borders are controlled by
the frame attribute on the table element.
table.cell.paddingattribute settable.cell.paddingSpecifies the padding of table cells
<xsl:attribute-set name="table.cell.padding">
<xsl:attribute name="padding-start">2pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-end">2pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-top">2pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-bottom">2pt</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecifies the padding of table cells.table.frame.border.thicknesslengthtable.frame.border.thicknessSpecifies the thickness of the frame border
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.thickness">0.5pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the thickness of the border on the table's frame.table.frame.border.stylelistnonesoliddotteddasheddoublegrooveridgeinsetoutsetsolidtable.frame.border.styleSpecifies the border style of table frames
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.style">solid</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border style of table frames.table.frame.border.colorcolortable.frame.border.colorSpecifies the border color of table frames
<xsl:param name="table.frame.border.color">black</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border color of table frames.table.cell.border.thicknesslengthtable.cell.border.thicknessSpecifies the thickness of table cell borders
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.thickness">0.5pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, specifies the thickness of borders on table
cells. The units are points. See
CSSTo control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.cell.border.stylelistnonesoliddotteddasheddoublegrooveridgeinsetoutsetsolidtable.cell.border.styleSpecifies the border style of table cells
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.style">solid</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the border style of table cells.To control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.cell.border.colorcolortable.cell.border.colorSpecifies the border color of table cells
<xsl:param name="table.cell.border.color">black</xsl:param>
DescriptionSet the color of table cell borders. If non-zero, the value is used
for the border coloration. See CSS. A
color is either a keyword or a numerical RGB specification.
Keywords are aqua, black, blue, fuchsia, gray, green, lime, maroon,
navy, olive, orange, purple, red, silver, teal, white, and
yellow.To control properties of cell borders in HTML output, you must also turn on the
table.borders.with.css parameter.table.table.propertiesattribute settable.table.propertiesProperties associated with a table
<xsl:attribute-set name="table.table.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="border-before-width.conditionality">retain</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="border-collapse">collapse</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for tables. This parameter should really
have been called table.properties, but that parameter
name was inadvertently established for the block-level properties
of the table as a whole.
See also table.properties.Linkingcurrent.docidstringcurrent.docidtargetdoc identifier for the document being
processed
<xsl:param name="current.docid"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen olinks between documents are resolved for HTML output, the stylesheet can compute the relative path between the current document and the target document. The stylesheet needs to know the targetdoc identifiers for both documents, as they appear in the target.database.document database file. This parameter passes to the stylesheet
the targetdoc identifier of the current document, since that
identifier does not appear in the document itself. This parameter can also be used for print output. If an olink's targetdoc id differs from the current.docid, then the stylesheet can append the target document's title to the generated olink text. That identifies to the reader that the link is to a different document, not the current document. See also olink.doctitle to enable that feature.collect.xref.targetslistnoyesonlycollect.xref.targetsControls whether cross reference data is
collected
<xsl:param name="collect.xref.targets">no</xsl:param>
Description
In order to resolve olinks efficiently, the stylesheets can
generate an external data file containing information about
all potential cross reference endpoints in a document.
This parameter determines whether the collection process is run when the document is processed by the stylesheet. The default value is no, which means the data file is not generated during processing. The other choices are yes, which means the data file is created and the document is processed for output, and only, which means the data file is created but the document is not processed for output.
See also targets.filename.
insert.olink.page.numberlistnoyesmaybeinsert.olink.page.numberTurns page numbers in olinks on and off
<xsl:param name="insert.olink.page.number">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines if
cross references made between documents with
olink will
include page number citations.
In most cases this is only applicable to references in printed output.
The parameter has three possible values.
noNo page number references will be generated for olinks.
yesPage number references will be generated
for all olink references.
The style of page reference may be changed
if an xrefstyle
attribute is used.
maybePage number references will not be generated
for an olink element unless
it has an
xrefstyle
attribute whose value specifies a page reference.
Olinks that point to targets within the same document
are treated as xrefs, and controlled by
the insert.xref.page.number parameter.
Page number references for olinks to
external documents can only be inserted if the
information exists in the olink database.
This means each olink target element
(div or obj)
must have a page attribute
whose value is its page number in the target document.
The XSL stylesheets are not able to extract that information
during processing because pages have not yet been created in
XSLT transformation. Only the XSL-FO processor knows what
page each element is placed on.
Therefore some postprocessing must take place to populate
page numbers in the olink database.
insert.olink.pdf.fragbooleaninsert.olink.pdf.fragAdd fragment identifiers for links into PDF files
<xsl:param name="insert.olink.pdf.frag" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines whether
the cross reference URIs to PDF documents made with
olink will
include fragment identifiers.
When forming a URI to link to a PDF document,
a fragment identifier (typically a '#' followed by an
id value) appended to the PDF filename can be used by
the PDF viewer to open
the PDF file to a location within the document instead of
the first page.
However, not all PDF files have id
values embedded in them, and not all PDF viewers can
handle fragment identifiers.
If insert.olink.pdf.frag is set
to a non-zero value, then any olink targeting a
PDF file will have the fragment identifier appended to the URI.
The URI is formed by concatenating the value of the
olink.base.uri parameter, the
value of the baseuri
attribute from the document
element in the olink database with the matching
targetdoc value,
and the value of the href
attribute for the targeted element in the olink database.
The href attribute
contains the fragment identifier.
If insert.olink.pdf.frag is set
to zero (the default value), then
the href attribute
from the olink database
is not appended to PDF olinks, so the fragment identifier is left off.
A PDF olink is any olink for which the
baseuri attribute
from the matching document
element in the olink database ends with '.pdf'.
Any other olinks will still have the fragment identifier added.
olink.base.uriuriolink.base.uriBase URI used in olink hrefs
<xsl:param name="olink.base.uri"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen cross reference data is collected for resolving olinks, it
may be necessary to prepend a base URI to each target's href. This
parameter lets you set that base URI when cross reference data is
collected. This feature is needed when you want to link to a document
that is processed without chunking. The output filename for such a
document is not known to the XSL stylesheet; the only target
information consists of fragment identifiers such as
#idref. To enable the resolution of olinks between
documents, you should pass the name of the HTML output file as the
value of this parameter. Then the hrefs recorded in the cross
reference data collection look like
outfile.html#idref, which can be reached as links
from other documents.olink.debugbooleanolink.debugTurn on debugging messages for olinks
<xsl:param name="olink.debug" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then each olink will generate several
messages about how it is being resolved during processing.
This is useful when an olink does not resolve properly
and the standard error messages are not sufficient to
find the problem.
You may need to read through the olink XSL templates
to understand the context for some of the debug messages.
olink.doctitlelistnoyesmaybeolink.doctitleshow the document title for external olinks?
<xsl:param name="olink.doctitle">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen olinks between documents are resolved, the generated text
may not make it clear that the reference is to another document.
It is possible for the stylesheets to append the other document's
title to external olinks. For this to happen, two parameters must
be set.This olink.doctitle parameter
should be set to either yes or maybe
to enable this feature.
And you should also set the current.docid
parameter to the document id for the document currently
being processed for output.
Then if an olink's targetdoc id differs from
the current.docid value, the stylesheet knows
that it is a reference to another document and can
append the target document's
title to the generated olink text. The text for the target document's title is copied from the
olink database from the ttl element
of the top-level div for that document.
If that ttl element is missing or empty,
no title is output.
The supported values for olink.doctitle are:
yes
Always insert the title to the target document if it is not
the current document.
no
Never insert the title to the target document, even if requested
in an xrefstyle attribute.
maybe
Only insert the title to the target document, if requested
in an xrefstyle attribute.
An xrefstyle attribute
may override the global setting for individual olinks.
The following values are supported in an
xrefstyle
attribute using the select: syntax:
docname
Insert the target document name for this olink using the
docname gentext template, but only
if the value of olink.doctitle
is not no.
docnamelong
Insert the target document name for this olink using the
docnamelong gentext template, but only
if the value of olink.doctitle
is not no.
nodocname
Omit the target document name even if
the value of olink.doctitle
is yes.
Another way of inserting the target document name
for a single olink is to employ an
xrefstyle
attribute using the template: syntax.
The %o placeholder (the letter o, not zero)
in such a template
will be filled in with the target document's title when it is processed.
This will occur regardless of
the value of olink.doctitle.
Note that prior to version 1.66 of the XSL stylesheets,
the allowed values for this parameter were 0 and 1. Those
values are still supported and mapped to 'no' and 'yes', respectively.
olink.lang.fallback.sequencestringolink.lang.fallback.sequencelook up translated documents if olink not found?
<xsl:param name="olink.lang.fallback.sequence"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter defines a list of lang values
to search among to resolve olinks.
Normally an olink tries to resolve to a document in the same
language as the olink itself. The language of an olink
is determined by its nearest ancestor element with a
lang attribute, otherwise the
value of the l10n.gentext.default.lang
parameter.
An olink database can contain target data for the same
document in multiple languages. Each set of data has the
same value for the targetdoc attribute in
the document element in the database, but with a
different lang attribute value.
When an olink is being resolved, the target is first
sought in the document with the same language as the olink.
If no match is found there, then this parameter is consulted
for additional languages to try.The olink.lang.fallback.sequence
must be a whitespace separated list of lang values to
try. The first one with a match in the olink database is used.
The default value is empty.For example, a document might be written in German
and contain an olink with
targetdoc="adminguide".
When the document is processed, the processor
first looks for a target dataset in the
olink database starting with:<document targetdoc="adminguide" lang="de">.
If there is no such element, then the
olink.lang.fallback.sequence
parameter is consulted.
If its value is, for example, fr en, then the processor next
looks for targetdoc="adminguide" lang="fr", and
then for targetdoc="adminguide" lang="en".
If there is still no match, it looks for
targetdoc="adminguide" with no
lang attribute.
This parameter is useful when a set of documents is only
partially translated, or is in the process of being translated.
If a target of an olink has not yet been translated, then this
parameter permits the processor to look for the document in
other languages. This assumes the reader would rather have
a link to a document in a different language than to have
a broken link.
olink.propertiesattribute setolink.propertiesProperties associated with the cross-reference
text of an olink.
<xsl:attribute-set name="olink.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="show-destination">replace</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the
fo:basic-link element of an olink. It is not applied to the
optional page number or optional title of the external
document.prefer.internal.olinkbooleanprefer.internal.olinkPrefer a local olink reference to an external reference
<xsl:param name="prefer.internal.olink" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you are re-using XML content modules in multiple documents,
you may want to redirect some of your olinks. This parameter
permits you to redirect an olink to the current document.
For example: you are writing documentation for a product,
which includes 3 manuals: a little installation
booklet (booklet.xml), a user
guide (user.xml), and a reference manual (reference.xml).
All 3 documents begin with the same introduction section (intro.xml) that
contains a reference to the customization section (custom.xml) which is
included in both user.xml and reference.xml documents.
How do you write the link to custom.xml in intro.xml
so that it is interpreted correctly in all 3 documents?If you use xref, it will fail in user.xml.If you use olink (pointing to reference.xml),
the reference in user.xml
will point to the customization section of the reference manual, while it is
actually available in user.xml.If you set the prefer.internal.olink
parameter to a non-zero value, then the processor will
first look in the olink database
for the olink's targetptr attribute value
in document matching the current.docid
parameter value. If it isn't found there, then
it tries the document in the database
with the targetdoc
value that matches the olink's targetdoc
attribute.
This feature permits an olink reference to resolve to
the current document if there is an element
with an id matching the olink's targetptr
value. The current document's olink data must be
included in the target database for this to work.There is a potential for incorrect links if
the same id attribute value is used for different
content in different documents.
Some of your olinks may be redirected to the current document
when they shouldn't be. It is not possible to control
individual olink instances.target.database.documenturitarget.database.documentName of master database file for resolving
olinks
<xsl:param name="target.database.document">olinkdb.xml</xsl:param>
Description
To resolve olinks between documents, the stylesheets use a master
database document that identifies the target datafiles for all the
documents within the scope of the olinks. This parameter value is the
URI of the master document to be read during processing to resolve
olinks. The default value is olinkdb.xml.The data structure of the file is defined in the
targetdatabase.dtd DTD. The database file
provides the high level elements to record the identifiers, locations,
and relationships of documents. The cross reference data for
individual documents is generally pulled into the database using
system entity references or XIncludes. See also
targets.filename. targets.filenamestringtargets.filenameName of cross reference targets data file
<xsl:param name="targets.filename">target.db</xsl:param>
Description
In order to resolve olinks efficiently, the stylesheets can
generate an external data file containing information about
all potential cross reference endpoints in a document.
This parameter lets you change the name of the generated
file from the default name target.db.
The name must agree with that used in the target database
used to resolve olinks during processing.
See also target.database.document.
use.local.olink.stylebooleanuse.local.olink.styleProcess olinks using xref style of current
document
<xsl:param name="use.local.olink.style" select="0"></xsl:param> DescriptionWhen cross reference data is collected for use by olinks, the data for each potential target includes one field containing a completely assembled cross reference string, as if it were an xref generated in that document. Other fields record the separate title, number, and element name of each target. When an olink is formed to a target from another document, the olink resolves to that preassembled string by default. If the use.local.olink.style parameter is set to non-zero, then instead the cross
reference string is formed again from the target title, number, and
element name, using the stylesheet processing the targeting document.
Then olinks will match the xref style in the targeting document
rather than in the target document. If both documents are processed
with the same stylesheet, then the results will be the same.Cross Referencesinsert.xref.page.numberlistnoyesmaybeinsert.xref.page.numberTurns page numbers in xrefs on and off
<xsl:param name="insert.xref.page.number">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines if
cross references (xrefs) in
printed output will
include page number citations.
It has three possible values.
noNo page number references will be generated.
yesPage number references will be generated
for all xref elements.
The style of page reference may be changed
if an xrefstyle
attribute is used.
maybePage number references will not be generated
for an xref element unless
it has an
xrefstyle
attribute whose value specifies a page reference.
xref.propertiesattribute setxref.propertiesProperties associated with cross-reference text
<xsl:attribute-set name="xref.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is used to set properties
on cross reference text.xref.label-title.separatorstringxref.label-title.separatorPunctuation or space separating label from title in xref<xsl:param name="xref.label-title.separator">: </xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both label and title,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
label and title in the output.
xref.label-page.separatorstringxref.label-page.separatorPunctuation or space separating label from page number in xref<xsl:param name="xref.label-page.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both label and page
but no title,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
label and page number in the output.
If a title is included, then other separators are used.
xref.title-page.separatorstringxref.title-page.separatorPunctuation or space separating title from page number in xref<xsl:param name="xref.title-page.separator"><xsl:text> </xsl:text></xsl:param>Description
This parameter allows you to control the punctuation of certain
types of generated cross reference text.
When cross reference text is generated for an
xref or
olink element
using an xrefstyle attribute
that makes use of the select: feature,
and the selected components include both title and page number,
then the value of this parameter is inserted between
title and page number in the output.
insert.link.page.numberlistnoyesmaybeinsert.link.page.numberTurns page numbers in link elements on and off
<xsl:param name="insert.link.page.number">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter determines if
cross references using the link element in
printed output will
include standard page number citations.
It has three possible values.
noNo page number references will be generated.
yesPage number references will be generated
for all link elements.
The style of page reference may be changed
if an xrefstyle
attribute is used.
maybePage number references will not be generated
for a link element unless
it has an
xrefstyle
attribute whose value specifies a page reference.
Although the xrefstyle attribute
can be used to turn the page reference on or off, it cannot be
used to control the formatting of the page number as it
can in xref.
In link it will always format with
the style established by the
gentext template with name="page.citation"
in the l:context name="xref".
Listscompact.list.item.spacingattribute setcompact.list.item.spacingWhat space do you want between list items (when spacing="compact")?<xsl:attribute-set name="compact.list.item.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">0em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">0.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionSpecify what spacing you want between each list item when
spacing is
compact.itemizedlist.propertiesattribute setitemizedlist.propertiesProperties that apply to each list-block generated by itemizedlist.<xsl:attribute-set name="itemizedlist.properties" use-attribute-sets="list.block.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to each fo:list-block generated by itemizedlist.itemizedlist.label.propertiesattribute setitemizedlist.label.propertiesProperties that apply to each label inside itemized list.<xsl:attribute-set name="itemizedlist.label.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to each label inside itemized list. E.g.:<xsl:attribute-set name="itemizedlist.label.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">right</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>itemizedlist.label.widthlengthitemizedlist.label.widthThe default width of the label (bullet) in an itemized list.
<xsl:param name="itemizedlist.label.width">1.0em</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the default width of the label (usually a bullet or other
symbol) in an itemized list. You can override the default value on any
particular list with the “dbfo” processing instruction using the
“label-width” pseudoattribute.list.block.propertiesattribute setlist.block.propertiesProperties that apply to each list-block generated by list.<xsl:attribute-set name="list.block.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="provisional-label-separation">0.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="provisional-distance-between-starts">1.5em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to each fo:list-block generated by itemizedlist/orderedlist.list.block.spacingattribute setlist.block.spacingWhat spacing do you want before and after lists?<xsl:attribute-set name="list.block.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionSpecify the spacing required before and after a list. It is necessary to specify the space after a list block because lists can come inside of paras. list.item.spacingattribute setlist.item.spacingWhat space do you want between list items?<xsl:attribute-set name="list.item.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionSpecify what spacing you want between each list item.orderedlist.propertiesattribute setorderedlist.propertiesProperties that apply to each list-block generated by orderedlist.<xsl:attribute-set name="orderedlist.properties" use-attribute-sets="list.block.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="provisional-distance-between-starts">2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to each fo:list-block generated by orderedlist.orderedlist.label.propertiesattribute setorderedlist.label.propertiesProperties that apply to each label inside ordered list.<xsl:attribute-set name="orderedlist.label.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to each label inside ordered list. E.g.:<xsl:attribute-set name="orderedlist.label.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">right</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>orderedlist.label.widthlengthorderedlist.label.widthThe default width of the label (number) in an ordered list.
<xsl:param name="orderedlist.label.width">1.2em</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the default width of the label (usually a number or
sequence of numbers) in an ordered list. You can override the default
value on any particular list with the “dbfo” processing instruction
using the “label-width” pseudoattribute.variablelist.max.termlengthnumbervariablelist.max.termlengthSpecifies the longest term in variablelists
<xsl:param name="variablelist.max.termlength">24</xsl:param>
DescriptionIn variablelists, the listitem
is indented to leave room for the
term elements. That indent may be computed
if it is not specified with a termlength
attribute on the variablelist element.
The computation counts characters in the
term elements in the list
to find the longest term. However, some terms are very long
and would produce extreme indents. This parameter lets you
set a maximum character count. Any terms longer than the maximum
would line wrap. The default value is 24.
The character counts are converted to physical widths
by multiplying by 0.50em. There will be some variability
in how many actual characters fit in the space
since some characters are wider than others.
variablelist.term.separatorstringvariablelist.term.separatorText to separate terms within a multi-term
varlistentry
<xsl:param name="variablelist.term.separator">, </xsl:param>DescriptionWhen a varlistentry contains multiple term
elements, the string specified in the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter is placed
after each term except the last.To generate a line break between multiple terms in
a varlistentry, set a non-zero value for the
variablelist.term.break.after parameter. If
you do so, you may also want to set the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter to an
empty string (to suppress rendering of the default comma and space
after each term).variablelist.term.propertiesattribute setvariablelist.term.propertiesTo add properties to the term elements in a variablelist.
<xsl:attribute-set name="variablelist.term.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the block containing a
term in a variablelist.
Use this attribute-set to set
font properties or alignment, for example.variablelist.term.break.afterbooleanvariablelist.term.break.afterGenerate line break after each term within a
multi-term varlistentry?
<xsl:param name="variablelist.term.break.after">0</xsl:param>DescriptionSet a non-zero value for the
variablelist.term.break.after parameter to
generate a line break between terms in a
multi-term varlistentry.If you set a non-zero value for
variablelist.term.break.after, you may also
want to set the value of the
variablelist.term.separator parameter to an
empty string (to suppress rendering of the default comma and space
after each term).QAndASetqandadiv.autolabelbooleanqandadiv.autolabelAre divisions in QAndASets enumerated?<xsl:param name="qandadiv.autolabel" select="1"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, unlabeled qandadivs will be enumerated.
qanda.inherit.numerationbooleanqanda.inherit.numerationDoes enumeration of QandASet components inherit the numeration of parent elements?
<xsl:param name="qanda.inherit.numeration" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, numbered qandadiv elements and
question and answer inherit the enumeration of
the ancestors of the qandaset.
qanda.defaultlabellistnumberqandanoneqanda.defaultlabelSets the default for defaultlabel on QandASet.
<xsl:param name="qanda.defaultlabel">number</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf no defaultlabel attribute is specified on
a qandaset, this value is used. It is generally one of the legal
values for the defaultlabel attribute (none,
number or
qanda), or one of the additional stylesheet-specific values
(qnumber or qnumberanda).
The default value is 'number'.
The values are rendered as follows:qandaquestions are labeled "Q:" and
answers are labeled "A:". numberThe questions are enumerated and the answers
are not labeled. qnumberThe questions are labeled "Q:" followed by a number, and answers are not
labeled.
When sections are numbered, adding a label
to the number distinguishes the question numbers
from the section numbers.
This value is not allowed in the
defaultlabel attribute
of a qandaset element.qnumberandaThe questions are labeled "Q:" followed by a number, and
the answers are labeled "A:".
When sections are numbered, adding a label
to the number distinguishes the question numbers
from the section numbers.
This value is not allowed in the
defaultlabel attribute
of a qandaset element.noneNo distinguishing label precedes Questions or Answers.
qanda.in.tocbooleanqanda.in.tocShould qandaentry questions appear in
the document table of contents?<xsl:param name="qanda.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf true (non-zero), then the generated table of contents
for a document will include qandaset titles,
qandadiv titles,
and question elements. The default value (zero) excludes
them from the TOC.
This parameter does not affect any tables of contents
that may be generated inside a qandaset or qandadiv.
qanda.nested.in.tocbooleanqanda.nested.in.tocShould nested answer/qandaentry instances appear in TOC?
<xsl:param name="qanda.nested.in.toc" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, instances of qandaentry
that are children of answer elements are shown in
the TOC.Bibliographybibliography.stylelistnormaliso690bibliography.styleStyle used for formatting of biblioentries.
<xsl:param name="bibliography.style">normal</xsl:param>
DescriptionCurrently only normal and
iso690 styles are supported.In order to use ISO690 style to the full extent you might need
to use additional markup described on the
following WiKi page.biblioentry.item.separatorstringbiblioentry.item.separatorText to separate bibliography entries<xsl:param name="biblioentry.item.separator">. </xsl:param>DescriptionText to separate bibliography entries
bibliography.collectionstringbibliography.collectionName of the bibliography collection file
<xsl:param name="bibliography.collection">http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/bibliography/bibliography.xml</xsl:param>
DescriptionMaintaining bibliography entries across a set of documents is tedious, time
consuming, and error prone. It makes much more sense, usually, to store all of
the bibliography entries in a single place and simply extract
the ones you need in each document.That's the purpose of the
bibliography.collection parameter. To setup a global
bibliography database, follow these steps:First, create a stand-alone bibliography document that contains all of
the documents that you wish to reference. Make sure that each bibliography
entry (whether you use biblioentry or bibliomixed)
has an ID.My global bibliography, ~/bibliography.xml begins
like this:<!DOCTYPE bibliography
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd">
<bibliography><title>References</title>
<bibliomixed id="xml-rec"><abbrev>XML 1.0</abbrev>Tim Bray,
Jean Paoli, C. M. Sperberg-McQueen, and Eve Maler, editors.
<citetitle><ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml">Extensible Markup
Language (XML) 1.0 Second Edition</ulink></citetitle>.
World Wide Web Consortium, 2000.
</bibliomixed>
<bibliomixed id="xml-names"><abbrev>Namespaces</abbrev>Tim Bray,
Dave Hollander,
and Andrew Layman, editors.
<citetitle><ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml-names/">Namespaces in
XML</ulink></citetitle>.
World Wide Web Consortium, 1999.
</bibliomixed>
<!-- ... -->
</bibliography>
When you create a bibliography in your document, simply
provide emptybibliomixed
entries for each document that you wish to cite. Make sure that these
elements have the same ID as the corresponding real
entry in your global bibliography.For example:<bibliography><title>Bibliography</title>
<bibliomixed id="xml-rec"/>
<bibliomixed id="xml-names"/>
<bibliomixed id="DKnuth86">Donald E. Knuth. <citetitle>Computers and
Typesetting: Volume B, TeX: The Program</citetitle>. Addison-Wesley,
1986. ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
</bibliomixed>
<bibliomixed id="relaxng"/>
</bibliography>Note that it's perfectly acceptable to mix entries from your
global bibliography with normal entries. You can use
xref or other elements to cross-reference your
bibliography entries in exactly the same way you do now.Finally, when you are ready to format your document, simply set the
bibliography.collection parameter (in either a
customization layer or directly through your processor's interface) to
point to your global bibliography.The stylesheets will format the bibliography in your document as if
all of the entries referenced appeared there literally.bibliography.numberedbooleanbibliography.numberedShould bibliography entries be numbered?
<xsl:param name="bibliography.numbered" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero bibliography entries will be numberedbiblioentry.propertiesattribute setbiblioentry.propertiesTo set the style for biblioentry.<xsl:attribute-set name="biblioentry.properties" use-attribute-sets="normal.para.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0.5in</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-indent">-0.5in</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionHow do you want biblioentry styled? Set the font-size, weight, space-above and space-below, indents, etc. to the style requiredGlossaryglossterm.auto.linkbooleanglossterm.auto.linkGenerate links from glossterm to glossentry automatically?
<xsl:param name="glossterm.auto.link" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, links from inline glossterms to the corresponding
glossentry elements in a glossary or glosslist
will be automatically generated. This is useful when your glossterms are consistent
and you don't want to add links manually.The automatic link generation feature is not used on glossterm elements
that have a linkend attribute.firstterm.only.linkbooleanfirstterm.only.linkDoes automatic glossterm linking only apply to firstterms?
<xsl:param name="firstterm.only.link" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, only firstterms will be automatically linked
to the glossary. If glossary linking is not enabled, this parameter
has no effect.glossary.collectionstringglossary.collectionName of the glossary collection file
<xsl:param name="glossary.collection"></xsl:param>
DescriptionGlossaries maintained independently across a set of documents
are likely to become inconsistent unless considerable effort is
expended to keep them in sync. It makes much more sense, usually, to
store all of the glossary entries in a single place and simply
extract the ones you need in each document.That's the purpose of the
glossary.collection parameter. To setup a global
glossary database, follow these steps:Setting Up the Glossary DatabaseFirst, create a stand-alone glossary document that contains all of
the entries that you wish to reference. Make sure that each glossary
entry has an ID.Here's an example glossary:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE glossary
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd">
<glossary>
<glossaryinfo>
<editor><firstname>Eric</firstname><surname>Raymond</surname></editor>
<title>Jargon File 4.2.3 (abridged)</title>
<releaseinfo>Just some test data</releaseinfo>
</glossaryinfo>
<glossdiv><title>0</title>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>0</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>Numeric zero, as opposed to the letter `O' (the 15th letter of
the English alphabet). In their unmodified forms they look a lot
alike, and various kluges invented to make them visually distinct have
compounded the confusion. If your zero is center-dotted and letter-O
is not, or if letter-O looks almost rectangular but zero looks more
like an American football stood on end (or the reverse), you're
probably looking at a modern character display (though the dotted zero
seems to have originated as an option on IBM 3270 controllers). If
your zero is slashed but letter-O is not, you're probably looking at
an old-style ASCII graphic set descended from the default typewheel on
the venerable ASR-33 Teletype (Scandinavians, for whom /O is a letter,
curse this arrangement). (Interestingly, the slashed zero long
predates computers; Florian Cajori's monumental "A History of
Mathematical Notations" notes that it was used in the twelfth and
thirteenth centuries.) If letter-O has a slash across it and the zero
does not, your display is tuned for a very old convention used at IBM
and a few other early mainframe makers (Scandinavians curse <emphasis>this</emphasis>
arrangement even more, because it means two of their letters collide).
Some Burroughs/Unisys equipment displays a zero with a <emphasis>reversed</emphasis>
slash. Old CDC computers rendered letter O as an unbroken oval and 0
as an oval broken at upper right and lower left. And yet another
convention common on early line printers left zero unornamented but
added a tail or hook to the letter-O so that it resembled an inverted
Q or cursive capital letter-O (this was endorsed by a draft ANSI
standard for how to draw ASCII characters, but the final standard
changed the distinguisher to a tick-mark in the upper-left corner).
Are we sufficiently confused yet?</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>1TBS</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para role="accidence">
<phrase role="pronounce"></phrase>
<phrase role="partsofspeach">n</phrase>
</para>
<para>The "One True Brace Style"</para>
<glossseealso>indent style</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
<!-- ... -->
</glossdiv>
<!-- ... -->
</glossary>Marking Up Glossary TermsThat takes care of the glossary database, now you have to get the entries
into your document. Unlike bibliography entries, which can be empty, creating
placeholder glossary entries would be very tedious. So instead,
support for glossary.collection relies on implicit linking.In your source document, simply use firstterm and
glossterm to identify the terms you wish to have included
in the glossary. The stylesheets assume that you will either set the
baseform attribute correctly, or that the
content of the element exactly matches a term in your glossary.If you're using a glossary.collection, don't
make explicit links on the terms in your document.So, in your document, you might write things like this:<para>This is dummy text, without any real meaning.
The point is simply to reference glossary terms like <glossterm>0</glossterm>
and the <firstterm baseform="1TBS">One True Brace Style (1TBS)</firstterm>.
The <glossterm>1TBS</glossterm>, as you can probably imagine, is a nearly
religious issue.</para>If you set the firstterm.only.link parameter,
only the terms marked with firstterm will be links.
Otherwise, all the terms will be linked.Marking Up the GlossaryThe glossary itself has to be identified for the stylesheets. For lack
of a better choice, the role is used.
To identify the glossary as the target for automatic processing, set
the role to auto. The title of this
glossary (and any other information from the glossaryinfo
that's rendered by your stylesheet) will be displayed, but the entries will
come from the database.
Unfortunately, the glossary can't be empty, so you must put in
at least one glossentry. The content of this entry
is irrelevant, it will not be rendered:<glossary role="auto">
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Irrelevant</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>If you can see this, the document was processed incorrectly. Use
the <parameter>glossary.collection</parameter> parameter.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glossary>What about glossary divisions? If your glossary database has glossary
divisions and your automatic glossary contains at least
one glossdiv, the automic glossary will have divisions.
If the glossdiv is missing from either location, no divisions
will be rendered.Glossary entries (and divisions, if appropriate) in the glossary will
occur in precisely the order they occur in your database.Formatting the DocumentFinally, when you are ready to format your document, simply set the
glossary.collection parameter (in either a
customization layer or directly through your processor's interface) to
point to your global glossary.The stylesheets will format the glossary in your document as if
all of the entries implicilty referenced appeared there literally.LimitationsGlossary cross-references within the glossary are
not supported. For example, this will not work:<glossentry>
<glossterm>gloss-1</glossterm>
<glossdef><para>A description that references <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</para>
<glossseealso>gloss-2</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>If you put glossary cross-references in your glossary that way,
you'll get the cryptic error: Warning:
glossary.collection specified, but there are 0 automatic
glossaries.Instead, you must do two things:Markup your glossary using glossseealso:<glossentry>
<glossterm>gloss-1</glossterm>
<glossdef><para>A description that references <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</para>
<glossseealso>gloss-2</glossseealso>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>Make sure there is at least one glossterm reference to
gloss-2in your document. The
easiest way to do that is probably within a remark in your
automatic glossary:<glossary role="auto">
<remark>Make sure there's a reference to <glossterm>gloss-2</glossterm>.</remark>
<glossentry>
<glossterm>Irrelevant</glossterm>
<glossdef>
<para>If you can see this, the document was processed incorrectly. Use
the <parameter>glossary.collection</parameter> parameter.</para>
</glossdef>
</glossentry>
</glossary>glossary.as.blocksbooleanglossary.as.blocksPresent glossarys using blocks instead of lists?
<xsl:param name="glossary.as.blocks" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, glossarys will be formatted as
blocks.If you have long glossterms, proper list
markup in the FO case may produce unattractive lists. By setting this
parameter, you can force the stylesheets to produce block markup
instead of proper lists.You can override this setting with a processing instruction as the
child of glossary: dbfo
glossary-presentation="blocks" or dbfo
glossary-presentation="list"glosslist.as.blocksbooleanglosslist.as.blocksUse blocks for glosslists?
<xsl:param name="glosslist.as.blocks" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionSee glossary.as.blocks.glossentry.list.item.propertiesattribute setglossentry.list.item.propertiesTo add properties to each glossentry in a list.<xsl:attribute-set name="glossentry.list.item.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the fo:list-item containing a
glossentry in a glossary when the glossary.as.blocks parameter
is zero.
Use this attribute-set to set
spacing between entries, for example.glossterm.block.propertiesattribute setglossterm.block.propertiesTo add properties to the block of a glossentry's glossterm.<xsl:attribute-set name="glossterm.block.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-together.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the block containing a
glossary term in a glossary when the glossary.as.blocks parameter
is non-zero.
Use this attribute-set to set the space above and below,
font properties,
and any indent for the glossary term.glossdef.block.propertiesattribute setglossdef.block.propertiesTo add properties to the block of a glossary definition.<xsl:attribute-set name="glossdef.block.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">.25in</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the block containing a
glossary definition in a glossary when
the glossary.as.blocks parameter
is non-zero.
Use this attribute-set to set the space above and below,
any font properties,
and any indent for the glossary definition.glossterm.list.propertiesattribute setglossterm.list.propertiesTo add properties to the glossterm in a list.
<xsl:attribute-set name="glossterm.list.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the block containing a
glossary term in a glossary when the glossary.as.blocks parameter
is zero.
Use this attribute-set to set
font properties, for example.glossdef.list.propertiesattribute setglossdef.list.propertiesTo add properties to the glossary definition in a list.
<xsl:attribute-set name="glossdef.list.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThese properties are added to the block containing a
glossary definition in a glossary when
the glossary.as.blocks parameter
is zero.
Use this attribute-set to set font properties, for example.glossterm.widthlengthglossterm.widthWidth of glossterm in list presentation mode
<xsl:param name="glossterm.width">2in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the width reserved for glossary terms when
a list presentation is used.glossterm.separationlengthglossterm.separationSeparation between glossary terms and descriptions in list mode
<xsl:param name="glossterm.separation">0.25in</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the miminum horizontal
separation between glossary terms and descriptions when
they are presented side-by-side using lists
when the glossary.as.blocks
is zero.glossentry.show.acronymlistnoyesprimaryglossentry.show.acronymDisplay glossentry acronyms?
<xsl:param name="glossentry.show.acronym">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionA setting of yes means they should be displayed;
no means they shouldn't. If primary is used,
then they are shown as the primary text for the entry.This setting controls both acronym and
abbrev elements in the glossentry.glossary.sortbooleanglossary.sortSort glossentry elements?
<xsl:param name="glossary.sort" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, then the glossentry elements within a
glossary, glossdiv, or glosslist are sorted on the glossterm, using
the current lang setting. If zero (the default), then
glossentry elements are not sorted and are presented
in document order.
Miscellaneousformal.proceduresbooleanformal.proceduresSelects formal or informal procedures
<xsl:param name="formal.procedures" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionFormal procedures are numbered and always have a title.
formal.title.placementtableformal.title.placementSpecifies where formal object titles should occur
<xsl:param name="formal.title.placement">
figure before
example before
equation before
table before
procedure before
task before
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies where formal object titles should occur. For each formal object
type (figure,
example,
equation,
table, and procedure)
you can specify either the keyword
before or
after.runinhead.default.title.end.punctstringruninhead.default.title.end.punctDefault punctuation character on a run-in-head<xsl:param name="runinhead.default.title.end.punct">.</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, For a formalpara, use the specified
string as the separator between the title and following text. The period is the default value.runinhead.title.end.punctstringruninhead.title.end.punctCharacters that count as punctuation on a run-in-head
<xsl:param name="runinhead.title.end.punct">.!?:</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecify which characters are to be counted as punctuation. These
characters are checked for a match with the last character of the
title. If no match is found, the
runinhead.default.title.end.punct contents are
inserted. This is to avoid duplicated punctuation in the output.
show.commentsbooleanshow.commentsDisplay remark elements?
<xsl:param name="show.comments" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, comments will be displayed, otherwise they
are suppressed. Comments here refers to the remark element
(which was called comment prior to DocBook
4.0), not XML comments (<-- like this -->) which are
unavailable.
punct.honorificstringpunct.honorificPunctuation after an honorific in a personal name.
<xsl:param name="punct.honorific">.</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter specifies the punctuation that should be added after an
honorific in a personal name.segmentedlist.as.tablebooleansegmentedlist.as.tableFormat segmented lists as tables?
<xsl:param name="segmentedlist.as.table" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, segmentedlists will be formatted as
tables.variablelist.as.blocksbooleanvariablelist.as.blocksFormat variablelists lists as blocks?
<xsl:param name="variablelist.as.blocks" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, variablelists will be formatted as
blocks.If you have long terms, proper list markup in the FO case may produce
unattractive lists. By setting this parameter, you can force the stylesheets
to produce block markup instead of proper lists.You can override this setting with a processing instruction as the
child of variablelist: dbfo
list-presentation="blocks" or dbfo
list-presentation="list".When using list-presentation="list",
you can also control the amount of space used for the terms with
the dbfo term-width=".25in" processing instruction,
the termlength attribute on variablelist,
or allow the stylesheets to attempt to calculate the amount of space to leave based on the
number of letters in the longest term.
<variablelist>
<?dbfo list-presentation="list"?>
<?dbfo term-width="1.5in"?>
<?dbhtml list-presentation="table"?>
<?dbhtml term-width="1.5in"?>
<varlistentry>
<term>list</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Formatted as a list even if variablelist.as.blocks is set to 1.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>blockquote.propertiesattribute setblockquote.propertiesTo set the style for block quotations.
<xsl:attribute-set name="blockquote.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">0.5in</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.end}">0.5in</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe blockquote.properties attribute set specifies
the formating properties of block quotations.ulink.showbooleanulink.showDisplay URLs after ulinks?
<xsl:param name="ulink.show" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the URL of each ulink will
appear after the text of the link. If the text of the link and the URL
are identical, the URL is suppressed. See also ulink.footnotes.DocBook 5 does not have an ulink element. When processing
DocBoook 5 documents, ulink.show applies to all inline
elements that are marked up with xlink:href attributes
that point to external resources.ulink.footnotesbooleanulink.footnotesGenerate footnotes for ulinks?
<xsl:param name="ulink.footnotes" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, and if ulink.show also is non-zero,
the URL of each ulink will appear as a footnote.DocBook 5 does not have an ulink element. When processing
DocBoook 5 documents, ulink.footnotes applies to all inline
elements that are marked up with xlink:href attributes
that point to external resources.ulink.hyphenatestringulink.hyphenateAllow URLs to be automatically hyphenated
<xsl:param name="ulink.hyphenate"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf not empty, the specified character (or more generally, content) is
added to URLs after every character included in the string
in the ulink.hyphenate.chars parameter (default
is /). If the character in this parameter is a
Unicode soft hyphen (0x00AD) or Unicode zero-width space (0x200B), some FO
processors will be able to reasonably hyphenate long URLs.As of 28 Jan 2002, discretionary hyphens are more widely and correctly
supported than zero-width spaces for this purpose.ulink.hyphenate.charsstringulink.hyphenate.charsList of characters to allow ulink URLs to be automatically hyphenated on
<xsl:param name="ulink.hyphenate.chars">/</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf the ulink.hyphenate is not empty, then
hyphenation of ulinks is turned on, and any
character contained in this parameter is treated as an allowable
hyphenation point.The default value is /, but the parameter
could be customized
to contain other URL characters, as for example:
<xsl:param name="ulink.hyphenate.chars">:/@&?.#</xsl:param>
shade.verbatimbooleanshade.verbatimShould verbatim environments be shaded?<xsl:param name="shade.verbatim" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIn the FO stylesheet, if this parameter is non-zero then the
shade.verbatim.style properties will be applied
to verbatim environments.In the HTML stylesheet, this parameter is now deprecated. Use
CSS instead.shade.verbatim.styleattribute setshade.verbatim.styleProperties that specify the style of shaded verbatim listings
<xsl:attribute-set name="shade.verbatim.style">
<xsl:attribute name="background-color">#E0E0E0</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties that specify the style of shaded verbatim listings. The
parameters specified (the border and background color) are added to
the styling of the xsl-fo output. A border might be specified as "thin
black solid" for example. See xsl-fohyphenate.verbatimbooleanhyphenate.verbatimShould verbatim environments be hyphenated on space characters?<xsl:param name="hyphenate.verbatim" select="0"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf the lines of program listing are too long to fit into one
line it is quite common to split them at space and indicite by hook
arrow that code continues on the next line. You can turn on this
behaviour for programlisting,
screen and synopsis elements by
using this parameter.Note that you must also enable line wrapping for verbatim environments and
select appropriate hyphenation character (e.g. hook arrow). This can
be done using monospace.verbatim.properties
attribute set:<xsl:attribute-set name="monospace.verbatim.properties"
use-attribute-sets="verbatim.properties monospace.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="wrap-option">wrap</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenation-character">►</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>For a list of arrows available in Unicode see http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U2190.pdf and http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U2900.pdf and make sure that
selected character is available in the font you are using for verbatim
environments.hyphenate.verbatim.charactersstringhyphenate.verbatim.charactersList of characters after which a line break can occur in listings
<xsl:param name="hyphenate.verbatim.characters"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf you enable hyphenate.verbatim line
breaks are allowed only on space characters. If this is not enough for
your document, you can specify list of additional characters after
which line break is allowed in this parameter.use.svgbooleanuse.svgAllow SVG in the result tree?
<xsl:param name="use.svg" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, SVG will be considered an acceptable image format. SVG
is passed through to the result tree, so correct rendering of the resulting
diagram depends on the formatter (FO processor or web browser) that is used
to process the output from the stylesheet.use.role.as.xrefstylebooleanuse.role.as.xrefstyleUse role attribute for
xrefstyle on xref?
<xsl:param name="use.role.as.xrefstyle" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIn DocBook documents that conform to a schema older than V4.3, this parameter allows
role to serve the purpose of specifying the cross reference style.If non-zero, the role attribute on
xref will be used to select the cross reference style.
In DocBook V4.3, the xrefstyle attribute was added for this purpose.
If the xrefstyle attribute is present,
role will be ignored, regardless of the setting
of this parameter.ExampleThe following small stylesheet shows how to configure the
stylesheets to make use of the cross reference style:<?xml version="1.0"?>
<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
version="1.0">
<xsl:import href="../xsl/html/docbook.xsl"/>
<xsl:output method="html"/>
<xsl:param name="local.l10n.xml" select="document('')"/>
<l:i18n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0">
<l:l10n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0" language="en">
<l:context name="xref">
<l:template name="chapter" style="title" text="Chapter %n, %t"/>
<l:template name="chapter" text="Chapter %n"/>
</l:context>
</l:l10n>
</l:i18n>
</xsl:stylesheet>With this stylesheet, the cross references in the following document:<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
<book id="book"><title>Book</title>
<preface>
<title>Preface</title>
<para>Normal: <xref linkend="ch1"/>.</para>
<para>Title: <xref xrefstyle="title" linkend="ch1"/>.</para>
</preface>
<chapter id="ch1">
<title>First Chapter</title>
<para>Irrelevant.</para>
</chapter>
</book>will appear as:Normal: Chapter 1.Title: Chapter 1, First Chapter.menuchoice.separatorstringmenuchoice.separatorSeparator between items of a menuchoice
other than guimenuitem and
guisubmenu
<xsl:param name="menuchoice.separator">+</xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator used to connect items of a menuchoice other
than guimenuitem and guisubmenu. The latter
elements are linked with menuchoice.menu.separator.
menuchoice.menu.separatorstringmenuchoice.menu.separatorSeparator between items of a menuchoice
with guimenuitem or
guisubmenu
<xsl:param name="menuchoice.menu.separator"> → </xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator used to connect items of a menuchoice with
guimenuitem or guisubmenu. Other elements
are linked with menuchoice.separator.
The default value is →, which is the
→ (right arrow) character entity.
The current FOP (0.20.5) requires setting the font-family
explicitly.
The default value also includes spaces around the arrow,
which will allow a line to break. Replace the spaces with
  (nonbreaking space) if you don't want those
spaces to break.
default.float.classstringdefault.float.classSpecifies the default float class
<xsl:param name="default.float.class">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="contains($stylesheet.result.type,'html')">left</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>before</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects the direction in which a float should be placed. for
xsl-fo this is before, for html it is left. For Western texts, the
before direction is the top of the page.footnote.number.formatlist11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...footnote.number.formatIdentifies the format used for footnote numbers
<xsl:param name="footnote.number.format">1</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe footnote.number.format specifies the format
to use for footnote numeration (1, i, I, a, or A).table.footnote.number.formatlist11,2,3...AA,B,C...aa,b,c...ii,ii,iii...II,II,III...table.footnote.number.formatIdentifies the format used for footnote numbers in tables
<xsl:param name="table.footnote.number.format">a</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe table.footnote.number.format specifies the format
to use for footnote numeration (1, i, I, a, or A) in tables.footnote.number.symbolsfootnote.number.symbolsSpecial characters to use as footnote markers
<xsl:param name="footnote.number.symbols"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf footnote.number.symbols is not the empty string,
footnotes will use the characters it contains as footnote symbols. For example,
*†‡◊✠ will identify
footnotes with *, †, ‡,
◊, and ✠. If there are more footnotes
than symbols, the stylesheets will fall back to numbered footnotes using
footnote.number.format.The use of symbols for footnotes depends on the ability of your
processor (or browser) to render the symbols you select. Not all systems are
capable of displaying the full range of Unicode characters. If the quoted characters
in the preceding paragraph are not displayed properly, that's a good indicator
that you may have trouble using those symbols for footnotes.table.footnote.number.symbolsstringtable.footnote.number.symbolsSpecial characters to use a footnote markers in tables
<xsl:param name="table.footnote.number.symbols"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf table.footnote.number.symbols is not the empty string,
table footnotes will use the characters it contains as footnote symbols. For example,
*†‡◊✠ will identify
footnotes with *, †, ‡,
◊, and ✠. If there are more footnotes
than symbols, the stylesheets will fall back to numbered footnotes using
table.footnote.number.format.The use of symbols for footnotes depends on the ability of your
processor (or browser) to render the symbols you select. Not all systems are
capable of displaying the full range of Unicode characters. If the quoted characters
in the preceding paragraph are not displayed properly, that's a good indicator
that you may have trouble using those symbols for footnotes.footnote.propertiesattribute setfootnote.propertiesProperties applied to each footnote body
<xsl:attribute-set name="footnote.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family"><xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size"><xsl:value-of select="$footnote.font.size"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">normal</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-style">normal</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align"><xsl:value-of select="$alignment"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-indent">0pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate"><xsl:value-of select="$hyphenate"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="wrap-option">wrap</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="linefeed-treatment">treat-as-space</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the footnote-block
for each footnote.
It can be used to set the
font-size, font-family, and other inheritable properties that will be
applied to all footnotes.table.footnote.propertiesattribute settable.footnote.propertiesProperties applied to each table footnote body
<xsl:attribute-set name="table.footnote.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family"><xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size"><xsl:value-of select="$footnote.font.size"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">normal</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-style">normal</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before">2pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align"><xsl:value-of select="$alignment"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the footnote-block
for each table footnote.
It can be used to set the
font-size, font-family, and other inheritable properties that will be
applied to all table footnotes.footnote.mark.propertiesattribute setfootnote.mark.propertiesProperties applied to each footnote mark
<xsl:attribute-set name="footnote.mark.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family"><xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">75%</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">normal</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-style">normal</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is applied to the footnote mark used
for each footnote.
It should contain only inline properties.
The property to make the mark a superscript is contained in the
footnote template itself, because the current version of FOP reports
an error if baseline-shift is used.
footnote.sep.leader.propertiesattribute setfootnote.sep.leader.propertiesProperties associated with footnote separators
<xsl:attribute-set name="footnote.sep.leader.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="color">black</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="leader-pattern">rule</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="leader-length">1in</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for the rule line that separates the
footnotes from the body text.
These are properties applied to the fo:leader used as
the separator.
If you want to do more than just set properties on
the leader element, then you can customize the template
named footnote.separator in
fo/pagesetup.xsl.xref.with.number.and.titlebooleanxref.with.number.and.titleUse number and title in cross references
<xsl:param name="xref.with.number.and.title" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionA cross reference may include the number (for example, the number of
an example or figure) and the title which is a required child of some
targets. This parameter inserts both the relevant number as well as
the title into the link. superscript.propertiesattribute setsuperscript.propertiesProperties associated with superscripts
<xsl:attribute-set name="superscript.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">75%</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecifies styling properties for superscripts.subscript.propertiesattribute setsubscript.propertiesProperties associated with subscripts
<xsl:attribute-set name="subscript.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">75%</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecifies styling properties for subscripts.pgwide.propertiesattribute setpgwide.propertiesProperties to make a figure or table page wide.
<xsl:attribute-set name="pgwide.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0pt</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis attribute set is used to set the properties
that make a figure or table "page wide" in fo output.
It comes into effect when an attribute pgwide="1"
is used.
By default, it sets start-indent
to 0pt.
In a stylesheet that sets the parameter
body.start.indent
to a non-zero value in order to indent body text,
this attribute set can be used to outdent pgwide
figures to the start margin.
If a document uses a multi-column page layout,
then this attribute set could try setting span
to a value of all. However, this may
not work with some processors because a span property must be on an
fo:block that is a direct child of fo:flow. It may work in
some processors anyway.
highlight.sourcebooleanhighlight.sourceShould the content of programlisting
be syntactically highlighted?
<xsl:param name="highlight.source" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen this parameter is non-zero, the stylesheets will try to do syntax highlighting of the
content of programlisting elements. You specify the language for each programlisting
by using the language attribute. The highlight.default.language
parameter can be used to specify the language for programlistings without a language
attribute. Syntax highlighting also works for screen and synopsis elements.The actual highlighting work is done by the XSLTHL extension module. This is an external Java library that has to be
downloaded separately (see below).In order to use this extension, you mustadd xslthl-2.x.x.jar to your Java classpath. The latest version is available
from the XSLT syntax highlighting project
at SourceForge.use a customization layer in which you import one of the following stylesheet modules:
html/highlight.xslxhtml/highlight.xslxhtml-1_1/highlight.xslfo/highlight.xsllet either the xslthl.config Java system property or the
highlight.xslthl.config parameter point to the configuration file for syntax
highlighting (using URL syntax). DocBook XSL comes with a ready-to-use configuration file,
highlighting/xslthl-config.xml.The extension works with Saxon 6.5.x and Xalan-J. (Saxon 8.5 or later is also supported, but since it is
an XSLT 2.0 processor it is not guaranteed to work with DocBook XSL in all circumstances.)The following is an example of a Saxon 6 command adapted for syntax highlighting, to be used on Windows:java -cp c:/Java/saxon.jar;c:/Java/xslthl-2.0.1.jar
-Dxslthl.config=file:///c:/docbook-xsl/highlighting/xslthl-config.xml com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet
-o test.html test.xml myhtml.xslhighlight.xslthl.configurihighlight.xslthl.configLocation of XSLTHL configuration file
<xsl:param name="highlight.xslthl.config"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis location has precedence over the corresponding Java property.Please note that usually you have to specify location as URL not
just as a simple path on the local
filesystem. E.g. file:///home/user/xslthl/my-xslthl-config.xml.highlight.default.languagestringhighlight.default.languageDefault language of programlisting
<xsl:param name="highlight.default.language"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis language is used when there is no language attribute on programlisting.email.delimiters.enabledbooleanemail.delimiters.enabledGenerate delimiters around email addresses?
<xsl:param name="email.delimiters.enabled" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, delimiters
For delimiters, the
stylesheets are currently hard-coded to output angle
brackets.
are generated around e-mail addresses
(the output of the email element).email.mailto.enabledbooleanemail.mailto.enabledGenerate mailto: links for email addresses?
<xsl:param name="email.mailto.enabled" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero the generated output for the email element
will be a clickable mailto: link that brings up the default mail client
on the system.section.container.elementlistblockwrappersection.container.elementSelect XSL-FO element name to contain sections
<xsl:param name="section.container.element">block</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects the element name for outer container of
each section. The choices are block (default)
or wrapper.
The fo: namespace prefix is added
by the stylesheet to form the full element name.
This element receives the section id
attribute and the appropriate section level attribute-set.
Changing this parameter to wrapper
is only necessary when producing multi-column output
that contains page-wide spans. Using fo:wrapper
avoids the nesting of fo:block
elements that prevents spans from working (the standard says
a span must be on a block that is a direct child of
fo:flow).
If set to wrapper, the
section attribute-sets only support properties
that are inheritable. That's because there is no
block to apply them to. Properties such as
font-family are inheritable, but properties such as
border are not.
Only some XSL-FO processors need to use this parameter.
The Antenna House processor, for example, will handle
spans in nested blocks without changing the element name.
The RenderX XEP product and FOP follow the XSL-FO standard
and need to use wrapper.
monospace.verbatim.font.widthlengthmonospace.verbatim.font.widthWidth of a single monospace font character
<xsl:param name="monospace.verbatim.font.width">0.60em</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies with em units the width of a single character
of the monospace font. The default value is 0.6em.This parameter is only used when a screen
or programlisting element has a
width attribute, which is
expressed as a plain integer to indicate the maximum character count
of each line.
To convert this character count to an actual maximum width
measurement, the width of the font characters must be provided.
Different monospace fonts have different character width,
so this parameter should be adjusted to fit the
monospace font being used.
exsl.node.set.availablebooleanexsl.node.set.availableIs the test function-available('exsl:node-set') true?<xsl:param name="exsl.node.set.available">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when exsl:foo="" test="function-available('exsl:node-set') or contains(system-property('xsl:vendor'), 'Apache Software Foundation')">1</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>0</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero,
then the exsl:node-set() function is available to be used in
the stylesheet.
If zero, then the function is not available.
This param automatically detects the presence of
the function and does not normally need to be set manually.This param was created to handle a long-standing
bug in the Xalan processor that fails to detect the
function even though it is available.bookmarks.collapsebooleanbookmarks.collapseSpecifies the initial state of bookmarks
<xsl:param name="bookmarks.collapse" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the bookmark tree is collapsed so that only the
top-level bookmarks are displayed initially. Otherwise, the whole tree
of bookmarks is displayed.This parameter currently works with FOP 0.93 or later.Graphicsgraphic.default.extensionstringgraphic.default.extensionDefault extension for graphic filenames<xsl:param name="graphic.default.extension"></xsl:param>DescriptionIf a graphic or mediaobject
includes a reference to a filename that does not include an extension,
and the format attribute is
unspecified, the default extension will be used.
default.image.widthlengthdefault.image.widthThe default width of images
<xsl:param name="default.image.width"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf specified, this value will be used for the
width attribute on images that do not specify any
viewport dimensions.preferred.mediaobject.rolestringpreferred.mediaobject.roleSelect which mediaobject to use based on
this value of an object's role attribute.
<xsl:param name="preferred.mediaobject.role"></xsl:param>
DescriptionA mediaobject may contain several objects such as imageobjects.
If the parameter use.role.for.mediaobject is
non-zero, then the role attribute on
imageobjects and other objects within a
mediaobject container will be used to select which object
will be used. If one of the objects has a role value that matches the
preferred.mediaobject.role parameter, then it
has first priority for selection. If more than one has such a role
value, the first one is used.
See the use.role.for.mediaobject parameter
for the sequence of selection.use.role.for.mediaobjectbooleanuse.role.for.mediaobjectUse role attribute
value for selecting which of several objects within a mediaobject to use.
<xsl:param name="use.role.for.mediaobject" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the role attribute on
imageobjects or other objects within a mediaobject container will be used to select which object will be
used.
The order of selection when then parameter is non-zero is:
If the stylesheet parameter preferred.mediaobject.role has a value, then the object whose role equals that value is selected.Else if an object's role attribute has a value of
html for HTML processing or
fo for FO output, then the first
of such objects is selected.
Else the first suitable object is selected.
If the value of
use.role.for.mediaobject
is zero, then role attributes are not considered
and the first suitable object
with or without a role value is used.
ignore.image.scalingbooleanignore.image.scalingTell the stylesheets to ignore the author's image scaling attributes
<xsl:param name="ignore.image.scaling" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the scaling attributes on graphics and media objects are
ignored.img.src.pathstringimg.src.pathPath to HTML/FO image files<xsl:param name="img.src.path"></xsl:param>DescriptionAdd a path prefix to the value of the fileref
attribute of graphic, inlinegraphic, and imagedata elements. The resulting
compound path is used in the output as the value of the src
attribute of img (HTML) or external-graphic (FO).
The path given by img.src.path could be relative to the directory where the HTML/FO
files are created, or it could be an absolute URI.
The default value is empty.
Be sure to include a trailing slash if needed.
This prefix is not applied to any filerefs that start
with "/" or contain "//:".
keep.relative.image.urisbooleankeep.relative.image.urisShould image URIs be resolved against xml:base?
<xsl:param name="keep.relative.image.uris" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, relative URIs (in, for example
fileref attributes) will be used in the generated
output. Otherwise, the URIs will be made absolute with respect to the
base URI.Note that the stylesheets calculate (and use) the absolute form
for some purposes, this only applies to the resulting output.Pagination and General StylesUnderstanding XSL FO MarginsTo make sense of the parameters in this section, it's useful to
consider .First, let's consider the regions on the page.The white region is the physical page. Its dimensions are determined by
the page.height and page.width
parameters.The yellow region is the region-body. The size and placement of
the region body is constrained by the dimensions labelled in the
figure.The pink region at the top of the page is the region-before. The
darker area inside the region-before is the header text. In XSL, the default
display alignment for a region is before, but the
DocBook stylesheets still explicitly make it before. That's
why the darker area is at the top.The pink region at the bottom of the page is the region-after.
The darker area is the footer text. In XSL, the default display
alignment for a region is before,
but the DocBook stylesheets explicitly make it
after. That's why the darker area is at the bottom.The dimensions in the figure are:The page-master margin-top.
The region-before extent.
The region-body margin-top.
The region-after extent.
The page-master margin-bottom.
The region-body margin-bottom.
The sum of the page-master margin-left and the
region-body margin-left. In DocBook, the region-body margin-left is
zero by default, so this is simply the page-master margin-left.
The sum of the page-master margin-right and the
region-body margin-right. In DocBook, the region-body margin-right is
zero by default, so this is simply the page-master margin-right.
page.heightlengthpage.heightThe height of the physical page<xsl:param name="page.height">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$page.orientation = 'portrait'">
<xsl:value-of select="$page.height.portrait"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$page.width.portrait"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe page height is generally calculated from the
paper.type and
page.orientation parameters.
page.height.portraitlengthpage.height.portraitSpecify the physical size of the long edge of the page<xsl:param name="page.height.portrait">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A4landscape'">210mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'USletter'">11in</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'USlandscape'">8.5in</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = '4A0'">2378mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = '2A0'">1682mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A0'">1189mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A1'">841mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A2'">594mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A3'">420mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A4'">297mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A5'">210mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A6'">148mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A7'">105mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A8'">74mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A9'">52mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A10'">37mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B0'">1414mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B1'">1000mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B2'">707mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B3'">500mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B4'">353mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B5'">250mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B6'">176mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B7'">125mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B8'">88mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B9'">62mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B10'">44mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C0'">1297mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C1'">917mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C2'">648mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C3'">458mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C4'">324mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C5'">229mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C6'">162mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C7'">114mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C8'">81mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C9'">57mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C10'">40mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>11in</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe portrait page height is the length of the long
edge of the physical page.
page.margin.bottomlengthpage.margin.bottomThe bottom margin of the page
<xsl:param name="page.margin.bottom">0.5in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe bottom page margin is the distance from the bottom of the region-after
to the physical bottom of the page.
page.margin.innerlengthpage.margin.innerThe inner page margin<xsl:param name="page.margin.inner">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$double.sided != 0">1.25in</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>1in</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe inner page margin is the distance from bound edge of the
page to the first column of text. The inner page margin is the distance from bound edge of the
page to the outer edge of the first column of text.In left-to-right text direction,
this is the left margin of recto (front side) pages.
For single-sided output, it is the left margin
of all pages.In right-to-left text direction,
this is the right margin of recto pages.
For single-sided output, this is the
right margin of all pages.Current versions (at least as of version 4.13)
of the XEP XSL-FO processor do not
correctly handle these margin settings for documents
with right-to-left text direction.
The workaround in that situation is to reverse
the values for page.margin.inner
and page.margin.outer, until
this bug is fixed by RenderX. It does not affect documents
with left-to-right text direction.page.margin.outerlengthpage.margin.outerThe outer page margin<xsl:param name="page.margin.outer">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$double.sided != 0">0.75in</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>1in</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe outer page margin is the distance from non-bound edge of the
page to the outer edge of the last column of text.In left-to-right text direction,
this is the right margin of recto (front side) pages.
For single-sided output, it is the right margin
of all pages.In right-to-left text direction,
this is the left margin of recto pages.
For single-sided output, this is the
left margin of all pages.Current versions (at least as of version 4.13)
of the XEP XSL-FO processor do not
correctly handle these margin settings for documents
with right-to-left text direction.
The workaround in that situation is to reverse
the values for page.margin.inner
and page.margin.outer, until
this bug is fixed by RenderX. It does not affect documents
with left-to-right text direction.page.margin.toplengthpage.margin.topThe top margin of the page
<xsl:param name="page.margin.top">0.5in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe top page margin is the distance from the physical top of the
page to the top of the region-before.page.orientationlistportraitlandscapepage.orientationSelect the page orientation
<xsl:param name="page.orientation">portrait</xsl:param>
Description Select one from portrait or landscape.
In portrait orientation, the short edge is horizontal; in
landscape orientation, it is vertical.
page.widthlengthpage.widthThe width of the physical page<xsl:param name="page.width">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$page.orientation = 'portrait'">
<xsl:value-of select="$page.width.portrait"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$page.height.portrait"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe page width is generally calculated from the
paper.type and
page.orientation parameters.page.width.portraitlengthpage.width.portraitSpecify the physical size of the short edge of the page<xsl:param name="page.width.portrait">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'USletter'">8.5in</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = '4A0'">1682mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = '2A0'">1189mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A0'">841mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A1'">594mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A2'">420mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A3'">297mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A4'">210mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A5'">148mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A6'">105mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A7'">74mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A8'">52mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A9'">37mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'A10'">26mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B0'">1000mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B1'">707mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B2'">500mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B3'">353mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B4'">250mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B5'">176mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B6'">125mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B7'">88mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B8'">62mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B9'">44mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'B10'">31mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C0'">917mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C1'">648mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C2'">458mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C3'">324mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C4'">229mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C5'">162mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C6'">114mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C7'">81mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C8'">57mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C9'">40mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$paper.type = 'C10'">28mm</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>8.5in</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe portrait page width is the length of the short
edge of the physical page.
paper.typelistopenopenUSletter8.5x11inUSlandscape11x8.5inUSlegal8.5inx14inUSlegallandscape14inx8.5in4A02378x1682mm2A01682x1189mmA01189x841mmA1841x594mmA2594x420mmA3420x297mmA4297x210mmA5210x148mmA6148x105mmA7105x74mmA874x52mmA952x37mmA1037x26mmB01414x1000mmB11000x707mmB2707x500mmB3500x353mmB4353x250mmB5250x176mmB6176x125mmB7125x88mmB888x62mmB962x44mmB1044x31mmC01297x917mmC1917x648mmC2648x458mmC3458x324mmC4324x229mmC5229x162mmC6162x114mmC7114x81mmC881x57mmC957x40mmC1040x28mmpaper.typeSelect the paper type
<xsl:param name="paper.type">USletter</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe paper type is a convenient way to specify the paper size.
The list of known paper sizes includes USletter and most of the A,
B, and C sizes. See page.width.portrait, for example.
double.sidedbooleandouble.sidedIs the document to be printed double sided?
<xsl:param name="double.sided" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionDouble-sided documents are printed with a slightly wider margin
on the binding edge of the page.
FIXME: The current set of parameters does not take writing direction
into account.body.margin.bottomlengthbody.margin.bottomThe bottom margin of the body text
<xsl:param name="body.margin.bottom">0.5in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe body bottom margin is the distance from the last line of text
in the page body to the bottom of the region-after.
body.margin.toplengthbody.margin.topTo specify the size of the top margin of a page
<xsl:param name="body.margin.top">0.5in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe body top margin is the distance from the top of the
region-before to the first line of text in the page body.body.start.indentlengthbody.start.indentThe start-indent for the body text
<xsl:param name="body.start.indent">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$fop.extensions != 0">0pt</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$passivetex.extensions != 0">0pt</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>4pc</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter provides
the means of indenting the body text relative to
section titles.
For left-to-right text direction, it indents the left side.
For right-to-left text direction, it indents the right side.
It is used in place of the
title.margin.left for
all XSL-FO processors except FOP 0.25.
It enables support for side floats to appear
in the indented margin area.
This start-indent property is added to the fo:flow
for certain page sequences. Which page-sequences it is
applied to is determined by the template named
set.flow.properties.
By default, that template adds it to the flow
for page-sequences using the body
master-reference, as well as appendixes and prefaces.
If this parameter is used, section titles should have
a start-indent value of 0pt if they are to be
outdented relative to the body text.
If you are using FOP, then set this parameter to a zero
width value and set the title.margin.left
parameter to the negative value of the desired indent.
See also body.end.indent and
title.margin.left.
body.end.indentlengthbody.end.indentThe end-indent for the body text
<xsl:param name="body.end.indent">0pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis end-indent property is added to the fo:flow
for certain page sequences. Which page-sequences it is
applied to is determined by the template named
set.flow.properties.
By default, that template adds it to the flow
for page-sequences using the body
master-reference, as well as appendixes and prefaces.
See also body.start.indent.
alignmentlistopenleftstartrightendcenterjustifyalignmentSpecify the default text alignment<xsl:param name="alignment">justify</xsl:param>DescriptionThe default text alignment is used for most body text.
Allowed values are
left,
right,
start,
end,
center,
justify.
The default value is justify.
hyphenatelistclosedtruefalsehyphenateSpecify hyphenation behavior<xsl:param name="hyphenate">true</xsl:param>DescriptionIf true, words may be hyphenated. Otherwise, they may not.
line-heightstringline-heightSpecify the line-height property
<xsl:param name="line-height">normal</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the line-height property.column.count.backintegercolumn.count.backNumber of columns on back matter pages
<xsl:param name="column.count.back" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on back matter (appendix, glossary, etc.) pages.column.count.bodyintegercolumn.count.bodyNumber of columns on body pages
<xsl:param name="column.count.body" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on body pages.column.count.frontintegercolumn.count.frontNumber of columns on front matter pages
<xsl:param name="column.count.front" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on front matter (dedication, preface, etc.) pages.column.count.indexintegercolumn.count.indexNumber of columns on index pages
<xsl:param name="column.count.index">2</xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on index pages.column.count.lotintegercolumn.count.lotNumber of columns on a 'List-of-Titles' page
<xsl:param name="column.count.lot" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on a page sequence containing the Table of Contents,
List of Figures, etc.column.count.titlepageintegercolumn.count.titlepageNumber of columns on a title page
<xsl:param name="column.count.titlepage" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionNumber of columns on a title pagecolumn.gap.backlengthcolumn.gap.backGap between columns in back matter
<xsl:param name="column.gap.back">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns in back matter (if
column.count.back is greater than one).column.gap.bodylengthcolumn.gap.bodyGap between columns in the body
<xsl:param name="column.gap.body">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns in body matter (if
column.count.body is greater than one).column.gap.frontlengthcolumn.gap.frontGap between columns in the front matter
<xsl:param name="column.gap.front">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns in front matter (if
column.count.front is greater than one).column.gap.indexlengthcolumn.gap.indexGap between columns in the index
<xsl:param name="column.gap.index">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns in indexes (if
column.count.index is greater than one).column.gap.lotlengthcolumn.gap.lotGap between columns on a 'List-of-Titles' page
<xsl:param name="column.gap.lot">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns on 'List-of-Titles' pages (if
column.count.lot is greater than one).column.gap.titlepagelengthcolumn.gap.titlepageGap between columns on title pages
<xsl:param name="column.gap.titlepage">12pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionSpecifies the gap between columns on title pages (if
column.count.titlepage is greater than one).region.after.extentlengthregion.after.extentSpecifies the height of the footer.
<xsl:param name="region.after.extent">0.4in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe region after extent is the height of the area where footers
are printed.
region.before.extentlengthregion.before.extentSpecifies the height of the header
<xsl:param name="region.before.extent">0.4in</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe region before extent is the height of the area where headers
are printed.
default.unitslistcmmminptpcpxemdefault.unitsDefault units for an unqualified dimension
<xsl:param name="default.units">pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionIf an unqualified dimension is encountered (for example, in a
graphic width), the default.units will be used for the
units. Unqualified dimensions are not allowed in XSL Formatting Objects.
normal.para.spacingattribute setnormal.para.spacingWhat space do you want between normal paragraphs<xsl:attribute-set name="normal.para.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionSpecify the spacing required between normal paragraphsbody.font.masternumberbody.font.masterSpecifies the default point size for body text
<xsl:param name="body.font.master">10</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe body font size is specified in two parameters
(body.font.master and body.font.size)
so that math can be performed on the font size by XSLT.
body.font.sizelengthbody.font.sizeSpecifies the default font size for body text
<xsl:param name="body.font.size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master"></xsl:value-of><xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe body font size is specified in two parameters
(body.font.master and body.font.size)
so that math can be performed on the font size by XSLT.
footnote.font.sizelengthfootnote.font.sizeThe font size for footnotes<xsl:param name="footnote.font.size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 0.8"></xsl:value-of><xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:param>DescriptionThe footnote font size is used for...footnotes!
title.margin.leftlengthtitle.margin.leftAdjust the left margin for titles
<xsl:param name="title.margin.left">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$fop.extensions != 0">-4pc</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$passivetex.extensions != 0">0pt</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>0pt</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter provides
the means of adjusting the left margin for titles
when the XSL-FO processor being used is
an old version of FOP (0.25 and earlier).
It is only useful when the fop.extensions
is nonzero.The left margin of the body region
is calculated to include this space,
and titles are outdented to the left outside
the body region by this amount,
effectively leaving titles at the intended left margin
and the body text indented.
Currently this method is only used for old FOP because
it cannot properly use the body.start.indent
parameter.
The default value when the fop.extensions
parameter is nonzero is -4pc, which means the
body text is indented 4 picas relative to
the titles.
The default value when the fop.extensions
parameter equals zero is 0pt, and
the body indent should instead be specified
using the body.start.indent
parameter.
If you set the value to zero, be sure to still include
a unit indicator such as 0pt, or
the FO processor will report errors.
draft.modelistnoyesmaybedraft.modeSelect draft mode
<xsl:param name="draft.mode">no</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects draft mode. If draft.mode is
yes, the entire document will be treated
as a draft. If it is no, the entire document
will be treated as a final copy. If it is maybe,
individual sections will be treated as draft or final independently, depending
on how their status attribute is set.
draft.watermark.imageuridraft.watermark.imageThe URI of the image to be used for draft watermarks
<xsl:param name="draft.watermark.image">images/draft.png</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe image to be used for draft watermarks.headers.on.blank.pagesbooleanheaders.on.blank.pagesPut headers on blank pages?
<xsl:param name="headers.on.blank.pages" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, headers will be placed on blank pages.footers.on.blank.pagesbooleanfooters.on.blank.pagesPut footers on blank pages?
<xsl:param name="footers.on.blank.pages" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, footers will be placed on blank pages.header.rulebooleanheader.ruleRule under headers?
<xsl:param name="header.rule" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a rule will be drawn below the page headers.footer.rulebooleanfooter.ruleRule over footers?
<xsl:param name="footer.rule" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, a rule will be drawn above the page footers.header.column.widthsstringheader.column.widthsSpecify relative widths of header areas
<xsl:param name="header.column.widths">1 1 1</xsl:param>
DescriptionPage headers in print output use a three column table
to position text at the left, center, and right side of
the header on the page.
This parameter lets you specify the relative sizes of the
three columns. The default value is
"1 1 1".The parameter value must be three numbers, separated
by white space. The first number represents the relative
width of the inside header for
double-sided output. The second number is the relative
width of the center header. The third number is the
relative width of the outside header for
double-sided output.
For single-sided output, the first number is the
relative width of left header for left-to-right
text direction, or the right header for right-to-left
text direction.
The third number is the
relative width of right header for left-to-right
text direction, or the left header for right-to-left
text direction.The numbers are used to specify the column widths
for the table that makes up the header area.
In the FO output, this looks like:
<fo:table-column column-number="1"
column-width="proportional-column-width(1)"/>
The proportional-column-width()
function computes a column width by dividing its
argument by the total of the arguments for all the columns, and
then multiplying the result by the width of the whole table
(assuming all the column specs use the function).
Its argument can be any positive integer or floating point number.
Zero is an acceptable value, although some FO processors
may warn about it, in which case using a very small number might
be more satisfactory.
For example, the value "1 2 1" means the center
header should have twice the width of the other areas.
A value of "0 0 1" means the entire header area
is reserved for the right (or outside) header text.
Note that to keep the center area centered on
the page, the left and right values must be
the same. A specification like "1 2 3" means the
center area is no longer centered on the page
since the right area is three times the width of the left area.
footer.column.widthsstringfooter.column.widthsSpecify relative widths of footer areas
<xsl:param name="footer.column.widths">1 1 1</xsl:param>
DescriptionPage footers in print output use a three column table
to position text at the left, center, and right side of
the footer on the page.
This parameter lets you specify the relative sizes of the
three columns. The default value is
"1 1 1".The parameter value must be three numbers, separated
by white space. The first number represents the relative
width of the inside footer for
double-sided output. The second number is the relative
width of the center footer. The third number is the
relative width of the outside footer for
double-sided output.
For single-sided output, the first number is the
relative width of left footer for left-to-right
text direction, or the right footer for right-to-left
text direction.
The third number is the
relative width of right footer for left-to-right
text direction, or the left footer for right-to-left
text direction.The numbers are used to specify the column widths
for the table that makes up the footer area.
In the FO output, this looks like:
<fo:table-column column-number="1"
column-width="proportional-column-width(1)"/>
The proportional-column-width()
function computes a column width by dividing its
argument by the total of the arguments for all the columns, and
then multiplying the result by the width of the whole table
(assuming all the column specs use the function).
Its argument can be any positive integer or floating point number.
Zero is an acceptable value, although some FO processors
may warn about it, in which case using a very small number might
be more satisfactory.
For example, the value "1 2 1" means the center
footer should have twice the width of the other areas.
A value of "0 0 1" means the entire footer area
is reserved for the right (or outside) footer text.
Note that to keep the center area centered on
the page, the left and right values must be
the same. A specification like "1 2 3" means the
center area is no longer centered on the page
since the right area is three times the width of the left area.
header.table.propertiesattribute setheader.table.propertiesApply properties to the header layout table
<xsl:attribute-set name="header.table.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="table-layout">fixed</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="width">100%</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties applied to the table that lays out the page header.header.table.heightlengthheader.table.heightSpecify the minimum height of the table containing the running page headers
<xsl:param name="header.table.height">14pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionPage headers in print output use a three column table
to position text at the left, center, and right side of
the header on the page.
This parameter lets you specify the minimum height
of the single row in the table.
Since this specifies only the minimum height,
the table should automatically grow to fit taller content.
The default value is "14pt".footer.table.propertiesattribute setfooter.table.propertiesApply properties to the footer layout table
<xsl:attribute-set name="footer.table.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="table-layout">fixed</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="width">100%</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties applied to the table that lays out the page footer.footer.table.heightlengthfooter.table.heightSpecify the minimum height of the table containing the running page footers
<xsl:param name="footer.table.height">14pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionPage footers in print output use a three column table
to position text at the left, center, and right side of
the footer on the page.
This parameter lets you specify the minimum height
of the single row in the table.
Since this specifies only the minimum height,
the table should automatically grow to fit taller content.
The default value is "14pt".header.content.propertiesattribute setheader.content.propertiesProperties of page header content
<xsl:attribute-set name="header.content.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-left">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties of page header content.footer.content.propertiesattribute setfooter.content.propertiesProperties of page footer content
<xsl:attribute-set name="footer.content.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-left">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties of page footer content.marker.section.levelintegermarker.section.levelControl depth of sections shown in running headers or footers
<xsl:param name="marker.section.level">2</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe marker.section.level parameter
controls the depth of section levels that may be displayed
in running headers and footers. For example, if the value
is 2 (the default), then titles from sect1 and
sect2 or equivalent section
elements are candidates for use in running headers and
footers.
Each candidate title is marked in the FO output with a
<fo:marker marker-class-name="section.head.marker">
element.
In order for such titles to appear in headers
or footers, the header.content
or footer.content template
must be customized to retrieve the marker using
an output element such as:
<fo:retrieve-marker retrieve-class-name="section.head.marker"
retrieve-position="first-including-carryover"
retrieve-boundary="page-sequence"/>
Font Familiesbody.font.familylistopenserifsans-serifmonospacebody.font.familyThe default font family for body text
<xsl:param name="body.font.family">serif</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe body font family is the default font used for text in the page body.
dingbat.font.familylistopenserifsans-serifmonospacedingbat.font.familyThe font family for copyright, quotes, and other symbols
<xsl:param name="dingbat.font.family">serif</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe dingbat font family is used for dingbats. If it is defined
as the empty string, no font change is effected around dingbats.
monospace.font.familystringmonospace.font.familyThe default font family for monospace environments
<xsl:param name="monospace.font.family">monospace</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe monospace font family is used for verbatim environments
(program listings, screens, etc.).
sans.font.familystringsans.font.familyThe default sans-serif font family
<xsl:param name="sans.font.family">sans-serif</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe default sans-serif font family. At the present, this isn't
actually used by the stylesheets.
title.font.familylistopenserifsans-serifmonospacetitle.font.familyThe default font family for titles
<xsl:param name="title.font.family">sans-serif</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe title font family is used for titles (chapter, section, figure,
etc.)
symbol.font.familylistopenserifsans-serifmonospacesymbol.font.familyThe font families to be searched for symbols outside
of the body font
<xsl:param name="symbol.font.family">Symbol,ZapfDingbats</xsl:param>
DescriptionA typical body or title font does not contain all
the character glyphs that DocBook supports. This parameter
specifies additional fonts that should be searched for
special characters not in the normal font.
These symbol font names are automatically appended
to the body or title font family name when fonts
are specified in a
font-family
property in the FO output.
The symbol font names should be entered as a
comma-separated list. The default value is
Symbol,ZapfDingbats.
Property Setsformal.object.propertiesattribute setformal.object.propertiesProperties associated with a formal object such as a figure, or other component that has a title
<xsl:attribute-set name="formal.object.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-together.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for formal objects in docbook. Specify the spacing
before and after the object.formal.title.propertiesattribute setformal.title.propertiesStyle the title element of formal object such as a figure.
<xsl:attribute-set name="formal.title.properties" use-attribute-sets="normal.para.spacing">
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.2"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.4em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">0.6em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecify how the title should be styled. Specify the font size and weight of the title of the formal object.informal.object.propertiesattribute setinformal.object.propertiesProperties associated with an informal (untitled) object, such as an informalfigure<xsl:attribute-set name="informal.object.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.5em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionThe styling for informal objects in docbook. Specify the spacing before and after the object.monospace.propertiesattribute setmonospace.propertiesProperties of monospaced content
<xsl:attribute-set name="monospace.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$monospace.font.family"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecifies the font name for monospaced output. This property set
used to set the font-size as well, but that doesn't work very well
when different fonts are used (as they are in titles and paragraphs,
for example).If you want to set the font-size in a customization layer, it's
probably going to be more appropriate to set font-size-adjust, if your
formatter supports it.verbatim.propertiesattribute setverbatim.propertiesProperties associated with verbatim text
<xsl:attribute-set name="verbatim.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.optimum">1em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-after.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="wrap-option">no-wrap</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="white-space-collapse">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="white-space-treatment">preserve</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="linefeed-treatment">preserve</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionThis attribute set is used on all verbatim environments.monospace.verbatim.propertiesattribute setmonospace.verbatim.propertiesWhat font and size do you want for monospaced content?
<xsl:attribute-set name="monospace.verbatim.properties" use-attribute-sets="verbatim.properties monospace.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="wrap-option">no-wrap</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionSpecify the font name and size you want for monospaced outputsidebar.propertiesattribute setsidebar.propertiesAttribute set for sidebar properties
<xsl:attribute-set name="sidebar.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="border-style">solid</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="border-width">1pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="border-color">black</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="background-color">#DDDDDD</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-start">12pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-end">12pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-top">6pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="padding-bottom">6pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">0pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.end}">0pt</xsl:attribute>
<!--
<xsl:attribute name="margin-top">6pt</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="margin-bottom">6pt</xsl:attribute>
-->
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for sidebars.sidebar.title.propertiesattribute setsidebar.title.propertiesAttribute set for sidebar titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="sidebar.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for sidebars titles.sidebar.float.typelistnonebeforeleftstartrightendinsideoutsidesidebar.float.typeSelect type of float for sidebar elements
<xsl:param name="sidebar.float.type">none</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects the type of float for sidebar elements.
If sidebar.float.type is
none, then
no float is used.
If sidebar.float.type is
before, then
the float appears at the top of the page. On some processors,
that may be the next page rather than the current page.
If sidebar.float.type is
left,
then a left side float is used.
If sidebar.float.type is
start,
then when the text direction is left-to-right a left side float is used.
When the text direction is right-to-left, a right side float is used.
If sidebar.float.type is
right,
then a right side float is used.
If sidebar.float.type is
end,
then when the text direction is left-to-right a right side float is used.
When the text direction is right-to-left, a left side float is used.
If your XSL-FO processor supports floats positioned on the
inside or
outside
of double-sided pages, then you have those two
options for side floats as well.
sidebar.float.widthlengthsidebar.float.widthSet the default width for sidebars
<xsl:param name="sidebar.float.width">1in</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the default width for sidebars when used as a side float.
The width determines the degree to which the sidebar block intrudes into
the text area.
If sidebar.float.type is
before or
none, then
this parameter is ignored.
margin.note.propertiesattribute setmargin.note.propertiesAttribute set for margin.note properties
<xsl:attribute-set name="margin.note.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">90%</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for margin notes.
By default, margin notes are not implemented for any
element. A stylesheet customization is needed to make
use of this attribute-set.You can use a template named floater
to create the customization.
That template can create side floats by specifying the
content and characteristics as template parameters.
For example:<xsl:template match="para[@role='marginnote']">
<xsl:call-template name="floater">
<xsl:with-param name="position">
<xsl:value-of select="$margin.note.float.type"/>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="width">
<xsl:value-of select="$margin.note.width"/>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="content">
<xsl:apply-imports/>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:template>margin.note.title.propertiesattribute setmargin.note.title.propertiesAttribute set for margin note titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="margin.note.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for margin note titles.margin.note.float.typelistnonebeforeleftstartrightendinsideoutsidemargin.note.float.typeSelect type of float for margin note customizations
<xsl:param name="margin.note.float.type">none</xsl:param>
DescriptionSelects the type of float for margin notes.
DocBook does not define a margin note element, so this
feature must be implemented as a customization of the stylesheet.
See margin.note.properties for
an example.
If margin.note.float.type is
none, then
no float is used.
If margin.note.float.type is
before, then
the float appears at the top of the page. On some processors,
that may be the next page rather than the current page.
If margin.note.float.type is
left or
start, then
a left side float is used.
If margin.note.float.type is
right or
end, then
a right side float is used.
If your XSL-FO processor supports floats positioned on the
inside or
outside
of double-sided pages, then you have those two
options for side floats as well.
margin.note.widthlengthmargin.note.widthSet the default width for margin notes
<xsl:param name="margin.note.width">1in</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets the default width for margin notes when used as a side
float. The width determines the degree to which the margin note block
intrudes into the text area.
If margin.note.float.type is
before or
none, then
this parameter is ignored.
component.title.propertiesattribute setcomponent.title.propertiesProperties for component titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="component.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt * 0.8')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt * 1.2')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="((parent::article | parent::articleinfo | parent::info/parent::article) and not(ancestor::book) and not(self::bibliography)) or (parent::slides | parent::slidesinfo)">center</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>start</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent"><xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties common to all component titles.component.titlepage.propertiesattribute setcomponent.titlepage.propertiesProperties for component titlepages
<xsl:attribute-set name="component.titlepage.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that are applied to the outer block containing
all the component title page information.
Its main use is to set a span="all"
property on the block that is a direct child of the flow.This attribute-set also applies to index titlepages. It is empty by default.section.title.propertiesattribute setsection.title.propertiesProperties for section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.font.family"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<!-- font size is calculated dynamically by section.heading template -->
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1.0em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">start</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent"><xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties common to all section titles.section.title.level1.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level1.propertiesProperties for level-1 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level1.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 2.0736"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-1 section titles.section.title.level2.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level2.propertiesProperties for level-2 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level2.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.728"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-2 section titles.section.title.level3.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level3.propertiesProperties for level-3 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level3.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.44"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-3 section titles.section.title.level4.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level4.propertiesProperties for level-4 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level4.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.2"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-4 section titles.section.title.level5.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level5.propertiesProperties for level-5 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level5.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-5 section titles.section.title.level6.propertiesattribute setsection.title.level6.propertiesProperties for level-6 section titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.title.level6.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-6 section titles. This property set is actually
used for all titles below level 5.section.propertiesattribute setsection.propertiesProperties for all section levels
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of all section levels, and therefore apply to
the whole section.
This attribute set is inherited by the
more specific attribute sets such as
section.level1.properties.
The default is empty.
section.level1.propertiesattribute setsection.level1.propertiesProperties for level-1 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level1.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level-1 section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes sect1
elements and section elements at level 1.
For example, you could start each level-1 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level1.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
section.level2.propertiesattribute setsection.level2.propertiesProperties for level-2 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level2.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level-2 section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes sect2
elements and section elements at level 2.
For example, you could start each level-2 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level2.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
section.level3.propertiesattribute setsection.level3.propertiesProperties for level-3 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level3.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level-3 section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes sect3
elements and section elements at level 3.
For example, you could start each level-3 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level3.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
section.level4.propertiesattribute setsection.level4.propertiesProperties for level-4 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level4.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level-4 section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes sect4
elements and section elements at level 4.
For example, you could start each level-4 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level4.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
section.level5.propertiesattribute setsection.level5.propertiesProperties for level-5 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level5.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level-5 section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes sect5
elements and section elements at level 5.
For example, you could start each level-5 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level5.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
section.level6.propertiesattribute setsection.level6.propertiesProperties for level-6 sections
<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level6.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties that apply to the containing
block of a level 6 or lower section, and therefore apply to
the whole section. This includes
section elements at level 6 and lower.
For example, you could start each level-6 section on
a new page by using:<xsl:attribute-set name="section.level6.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="break-before">page</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
This attribute set inherits attributes from the
general section.properties attribute set.
figure.propertiesattribute setfigure.propertiesProperties associated with a figure
<xsl:attribute-set name="figure.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for figures.example.propertiesattribute setexample.propertiesProperties associated with a example
<xsl:attribute-set name="example.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for examples.equation.propertiesattribute setequation.propertiesProperties associated with a equation
<xsl:attribute-set name="equation.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for equations.equation.number.propertiesattribute setequation.number.propertiesProperties that apply to the fo:table-cell containing the number
of an equation that does not have a title.<xsl:attribute-set name="equation.number.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">end</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="display-align">center</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>DescriptionProperties that apply to the fo:table-cell containing the number
of an equation when it has no title. The number in an equation with a
title is formatted along with the title, and this attribute-set does not apply.table.propertiesattribute settable.propertiesProperties associated with the block surrounding a table
<xsl:attribute-set name="table.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="keep-together.within-column">auto</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionBlock styling properties for tables. This parameter should really
have been called table.block.properties or something
like that, but we’re leaving it to avoid backwards-compatibility
problems.See also table.table.properties.informalfigure.propertiesattribute setinformalfigure.propertiesProperties associated with an informalfigure
<xsl:attribute-set name="informalfigure.properties" use-attribute-sets="informal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for informalfigures.informalexample.propertiesattribute setinformalexample.propertiesProperties associated with an informalexample
<xsl:attribute-set name="informalexample.properties" use-attribute-sets="informal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for informalexamples.informalequation.propertiesattribute setinformalequation.propertiesProperties associated with an informalequation
<xsl:attribute-set name="informalequation.properties" use-attribute-sets="informal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for informalequations.informaltable.propertiesattribute setinformaltable.propertiesProperties associated with the block surrounding an informaltable
<xsl:attribute-set name="informaltable.properties" use-attribute-sets="informal.object.properties"></xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionBlock styling properties for informaltables. This parameter should really
have been called informaltable.block.properties or something
like that, but we’re leaving it to avoid backwards-compatibility
problems.See also table.table.properties.procedure.propertiesattribute setprocedure.propertiesProperties associated with a procedure
<xsl:attribute-set name="procedure.properties" use-attribute-sets="formal.object.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="keep-together.within-column">auto</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe styling for procedures.root.propertiesattribute setroot.propertiesThe properties of the fo:root element
<xsl:attribute-set name="root.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.fontset"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.size"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">
<xsl:value-of select="$alignment"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="line-height">
<xsl:value-of select="$line-height"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-selection-strategy">character-by-character</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="line-height-shift-adjustment">disregard-shifts</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="writing-mode">
<xsl:value-of select="$direction.mode"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis property set is used on the fo:root element of
an FO file. It defines a set of default, global parameters.qanda.title.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.propertiesProperties for qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.font.family"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<!-- font size is calculated dynamically by qanda.heading template -->
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum">0.8em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum">1.0em</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum">1.2em</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties common to all qanda set titles.qanda.title.level1.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level1.propertiesProperties for level-1 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level1.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 2.0736"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-1 qanda set titles.qanda.title.level2.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level2.propertiesProperties for level-2 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level2.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.728"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-2 qanda set titles.qanda.title.level3.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level3.propertiesProperties for level-3 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level3.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.44"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-3 qanda set titles.qanda.title.level4.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level4.propertiesProperties for level-4 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level4.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master * 1.2"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-4 qanda set titles.qanda.title.level5.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level5.propertiesProperties for level-5 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level5.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-5 qanda set titles.qanda.title.level6.propertiesattribute setqanda.title.level6.propertiesProperties for level-6 qanda set titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="qanda.title.level6.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-size">
<xsl:value-of select="$body.font.master"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties of level-6 qanda set titles.
This property set is actually
used for all titles below level 5.article.appendix.title.propertiesattribute setarticle.appendix.title.propertiesProperties for appendix titles that appear in an article
<xsl:attribute-set name="article.appendix.title.properties" use-attribute-sets="section.title.properties section.title.level1.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="margin-{$direction.align.start}">
<xsl:value-of select="$title.margin.left"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties for the title of an appendix that
appears inside an article. The default is to use
the properties of sect1 titles.abstract.propertiesattribute setabstract.propertiesProperties associated with the block surrounding an abstract
<xsl:attribute-set name="abstract.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="start-indent">0.0in</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="end-indent">0.0in</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionBlock styling properties for abstract.See also abstract.title.properties.abstract.title.propertiesattribute setabstract.title.propertiesProperties for abstract titles
<xsl:attribute-set name="abstract.title.properties">
<xsl:attribute name="font-family"><xsl:value-of select="$title.fontset"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="font-weight">bold</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="keep-with-next.within-column">always</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.optimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.minimum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt * 0.8')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="space-before.maximum"><xsl:value-of select="concat($body.font.master, 'pt * 1.2')"></xsl:value-of></xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="hyphenate">false</xsl:attribute>
<xsl:attribute name="text-align">center</xsl:attribute>
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThe properties for abstract titles.See also abstract.properties.index.page.number.propertiesattribute setindex.page.number.propertiesProperties associated with index page numbers
<xsl:attribute-set name="index.page.number.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionProperties associated with page numbers in indexes.
Changing color to indicate the page number is a link is
one possibility.
revhistory.table.propertiesattribute setrevhistory.table.propertiesThe properties of table used for formatting revhistory
<xsl:attribute-set name="revhistory.table.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis property set defines appearance of revhistory table.revhistory.table.cell.propertiesattribute setrevhistory.table.cell.propertiesThe properties of table cells used for formatting revhistory
<xsl:attribute-set name="revhistory.table.cell.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis property set defines appearance of individual cells in revhistory table.revhistory.title.propertiesattribute setrevhistory.title.propertiesThe properties of revhistory title
<xsl:attribute-set name="revhistory.title.properties">
</xsl:attribute-set>
DescriptionThis property set defines appearance of revhistory title.ProfilingThe following parameters can be used for attribute-based
profiling of your document. For more information about profiling, see
Profiling (conditional text).profile.archstringprofile.archTarget profile for arch
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.arch"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.audiencestringprofile.audienceTarget profile for audience
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.audience"></xsl:param>
DescriptionValue of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.conditionstringprofile.conditionTarget profile for condition
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.condition"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.conformancestringprofile.conformanceTarget profile for conformance
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.conformance"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.langstringprofile.langTarget profile for lang
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.lang"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.osstringprofile.osTarget profile for os
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.os"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.revisionstringprofile.revisionTarget profile for revision
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.revision"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.revisionflagstringprofile.revisionflagTarget profile for revisionflag
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.revisionflag"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.rolestringprofile.roleTarget profile for role
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.role"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).Note that role is often
used for other purposes than profiling. For example it is commonly
used to get emphasize in bold font:<emphasis role="bold">very important</emphasis>If you are using role for
these purposes do not forget to add values like bold to
value of this parameter. If you forgot you will get document with
small pieces missing which are very hard to track.For this reason it is not recommended to use role attribute for profiling. You should
rather use profiling specific attributes like userlevel, os, arch, condition, etc.profile.securitystringprofile.securityTarget profile for security
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.security"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.statusstringprofile.statusTarget profile for status
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.status"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.userlevelstringprofile.userlevelTarget profile for userlevel
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.userlevel"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.vendorstringprofile.vendorTarget profile for vendor
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.vendor"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.wordsizestringprofile.wordsizeTarget profile for wordsize
attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.wordsize"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.attributestringprofile.attributeName of user-specified profiling attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.attribute"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThis parameter is used in conjuction with
profile.value.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.valuestringprofile.valueTarget profile for user-specified attribute
<xsl:param name="profile.value"></xsl:param>
DescriptionWhen you are using this parameter you must also specify name of
profiling attribute with parameter
profile.attribute.The value of this parameter specifies profiles which should be
included in the output. You can specify multiple profiles by
separating them by semicolon. You can change separator character by
profile.separator
parameter.This parameter has effect only when you are using profiling
stylesheets (profile-docbook.xsl,
profile-chunk.xsl, …) instead of normal
ones (docbook.xsl,
chunk.xsl, …).profile.separatorstringprofile.separatorSeparator character for compound profile values
<xsl:param name="profile.separator">;</xsl:param>
DescriptionSeparator character used for compound profile values. See profile.archLocalizationl10n.gentext.languagestringl10n.gentext.languageSets the gentext language
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.language"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf this parameter is set to any value other than the empty string, its
value will be used as the value for the language when generating text. Setting
l10n.gentext.language overrides any settings within the
document being formatted.It's much more likely that you might want to set the
l10n.gentext.default.language parameter.l10n.gentext.default.languagestringl10n.gentext.default.languageSets the default language for generated text
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.default.language">en</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe value of the l10n.gentext.default.language
parameter is used as the language for generated text if no setting is provided
in the source document.l10n.gentext.use.xref.languagebooleanl10n.gentext.use.xref.languageUse the language of target when generating cross-reference text?
<xsl:param name="l10n.gentext.use.xref.language" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, the language of the target will be used when
generating cross reference text. Usually, the current
language is used when generating text (that is, the language of the
element that contains the cross-reference element). But setting this parameter
allows the language of the element pointed to to control
the generated text.Consider the following example:<para lang="en">See also <xref linkend="chap3"/>.</para>
Suppose that Chapter 3 happens to be written in German.
If l10n.gentext.use.xref.language is non-zero, the
resulting text will be something like this:
See also Kapital 3.
Where the more traditional rendering would be:
See also Chapter 3.
l10n.lang.value.rfc.compliantbooleanl10n.lang.value.rfc.compliantMake value of lang attribute RFC compliant?
<xsl:param name="l10n.lang.value.rfc.compliant" select="1"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, ensure that the values for all lang attributes in HTML output are RFC
compliantSection 8.1.1, Language Codes, in the HTML 4.0 Recommendation states that:
[RFC1766] defines and explains the language codes
that must be used in HTML documents.Briefly, language codes consist of a primary code and a possibly
empty series of subcodes:
language-code = primary-code ( "-" subcode )*And in RFC 1766, Tags for the Identification
of Languages, the EBNF for "language tag" is given as:
Language-Tag = Primary-tag *( "-" Subtag )
Primary-tag = 1*8ALPHA
Subtag = 1*8ALPHA
.
by taking any underscore characters in any lang values found in source documents, and
replacing them with hyphen characters in output HTML files. For
example, zh_CN in a source document becomes
zh-CN in the HTML output form that source.
This parameter does not cause any case change in lang values, because RFC 1766
explicitly states that all "language tags" (as it calls them) "are
to be treated as case insensitive".writing.modestringwriting.modeDirection of text flow based on locale
<xsl:param name="writing.mode">
<xsl:call-template name="gentext">
<xsl:with-param name="key">writing-mode</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="lang">
<xsl:call-template name="l10n.language">
<xsl:with-param name="target" select="/*[1]"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionSets direction of text flow and text alignment based on locale.
The value is normally taken from the gentext file for the
lang attribute of the document's root element, using the
key name 'writing-mode' to look it up in the gentext file.
But the param can also be
set on the command line to override that gentext value.
Accepted values are:
lr-tbLeft-to-right text flow in each line, lines stack top to bottom.rl-tbRight-to-left text flow in each line, lines stack top to bottom.tb-rlTop-to-bottom text flow in each vertical line, lines stack right to left.
Supported by only a few XSL-FO processors. Not supported in HTML output.lrShorthand for lr-tb.rlShorthand for rl-tb.tbShorthand for tb-rl.EBNFebnf.assignmentrtfebnf.assignmentThe EBNF production assignment operator
<xsl:param name="ebnf.assignment">
<fo:inline font-family="{$monospace.font.family}">
<xsl:text>::=</xsl:text>
</fo:inline>
</xsl:param>
DescriptionThe ebnf.assignment parameter determines what
text is used to show assignment in productions
in productionsets.While ::= is common, so are several
other operators.ebnf.statement.terminatorrtfebnf.statement.terminatorPunctuation that ends an EBNF statement.
<xsl:param name="ebnf.statement.terminator"></xsl:param>
DescriptionThe ebnf.statement.terminator parameter determines what
text is used to terminate each production
in productionset.Some notations end each statement with a period.Prepresscrop.marksbooleancrop.marksOutput crop marks?
<xsl:param name="crop.marks" select="0"></xsl:param>
DescriptionIf non-zero, crop marks will be added to each page. Currently this
works only with XEP if you have xep.extensions set.crop.mark.widthlengthcrop.mark.widthWidth of crop marks.
<xsl:param name="crop.mark.width">0.5pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionWidth of crop marks. Crop marks are controlled by
crop.marks parameter.crop.mark.offsetlengthcrop.mark.offsetLength of crop marks.
<xsl:param name="crop.mark.offset">24pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionLength of crop marks. Crop marks are controlled by
crop.marks parameter.crop.mark.bleedlengthcrop.mark.bleedLength of invisible part of crop marks.
<xsl:param name="crop.mark.bleed">6pt</xsl:param>
DescriptionLength of invisible part of crop marks. Crop marks are controlled by
crop.marks parameter.Manpages Parameter ReferenceThis is reference documentation for all user-configurable
parameters in the DocBook XSL "manpages" stylesheet (for
generating groff/nroff output). Note that the manpages
stylesheet is a customization layer of the DocBook XSL HTML
stylesheet. Therefore, you can also use a number of HTML stylesheet parameters
to control manpages output (in addition to the
manpages-specific parameters listed in this section).Hyphenation, justification, and breakingman.hyphenatebooleanman.hyphenateEnable hyphenation?
<xsl:param name="man.hyphenate">0</xsl:param>DescriptionIf non-zero, hyphenation is enabled.The default value for this parameter is zero because groff is
not particularly smart about how it does hyphenation; it can end up
hyphenating a lot of things that you don't want hyphenated. To
mitigate that, the default behavior of the stylesheets is to suppress
hyphenation of computer inlines, filenames, and URLs. (You can
override the default behavior by setting non-zero values for the
man.hyphenate.urls,
man.hyphenate.filenames, and
man.hyphenate.computer.inlines parameters.) But
the best way is still to just globally disable hyphenation, as the
stylesheets do by default.The only good reason to enabled hyphenation is if you have also
enabled justification (which is disabled by default). The reason is
that justified text can look very bad unless you also hyphenate it; to
quote the Hypenation node from the groff info page:
Since the odds are not great for finding a set of
words, for every output line, which fit nicely on a line without
inserting excessive amounts of space between words, 'gtroff'
hyphenates words so that it can justify lines without inserting too
much space between words.
The str.tokenize.keep.delimiters function
differs only in that it preserves the delimiters instead of
discarding them.
<xsl:template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters">
<xsl:param name="string" select="''"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="delimiters" select="' '"></xsl:param>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="not($string)"></xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="not($delimiters)">
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-characters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="$string"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-delimiters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="$string"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="delimiters" select="$delimiters"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-characters">
<xsl:param name="string"></xsl:param>
<xsl:if test="$string">
<ssb:token><xsl:value-of select="substring($string, 1, 1)"></xsl:value-of></ssb:token>
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-characters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="substring($string, 2)"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-delimiters">
<xsl:param name="string"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="delimiters"></xsl:param>
<xsl:variable name="delimiter" select="substring($delimiters, 1, 1)"></xsl:variable>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="not($delimiter)">
<ssb:token><xsl:value-of select="$string"></xsl:value-of></ssb:token>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="contains($string, $delimiter)">
<xsl:if test="not(starts-with($string, $delimiter))">
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-delimiters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="substring-before($string, $delimiter)"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="delimiters" select="substring($delimiters, 2)"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:if>
<!-- output each delimiter -->
<xsl:value-of select="$delimiter"></xsl:value-of>
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-delimiters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="substring-after($string, $delimiter)"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="delimiters" select="$delimiters"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:call-template name="str.tokenize.keep.delimiters-delimiters">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="$string"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="delimiters" select="substring($delimiters, 2)"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
apply-string-subst-mapApply a string-substitution mapDescriptionThis function applies a “string substitution” map. Use it when
you want to do multiple string substitutions on the same target
content. It reads in two things: content, the
content on which to perform the substitution, and
map.contents, a node set of
elements (the names of the elements don't matter), with each element
having the following attributes:
oldstring, a string to
be replacednewstring, a string with
which to replace oldstring
The function uses map.contents to
do substitution on content, and then
returns the modified contents.This function is a very slightly modified version of Jeni
Tennison’s replace_strings function in the
multiple string replacements section of Dave Pawson’s
XSLT
FAQ.The apply-string-subst-map function is
essentially the same function as the
apply-character-map function; the only
difference is that in the map that
apply-string-subst-map expects, oldstring and newstring attributes are used instead of
character and string attributes.
<xsl:template name="apply-string-subst-map">
<xsl:param name="content"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="map.contents"></xsl:param>
<xsl:variable name="replaced_text">
<xsl:call-template name="string.subst">
<xsl:with-param name="string" select="$content"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="target" select="$map.contents[1]/@oldstring"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="replacement" select="$map.contents[1]/@newstring"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$map.contents[2]">
<xsl:call-template name="apply-string-subst-map">
<xsl:with-param name="content" select="$replaced_text"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="map.contents" select="$map.contents[position() > 1]"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$replaced_text"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
Relative URI FunctionsIntroductionThese functions manipulate relative URI references.The following assumptions must hold true:All URIs are relative.No URI contains the ../ sequence
which would effectively move up the hierarchy.If these assumptions do not hold, the results are unpredictable.count.uri.path.depthCount the number of path components in a relative URIDescriptionThis function counts the number of path components in a relative URI.
<xsl:template name="count.uri.path.depth">
<xsl:param name="filename" select="''"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="count" select="0"></xsl:param>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="contains($filename, '/')">
<xsl:call-template name="count.uri.path.depth">
<xsl:with-param name="filename" select="substring-after($filename, '/')"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="count" select="$count + 1"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$count"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
trim.common.uri.pathsTrim common leading path components from a relative URIDescriptionThis function trims common leading path components from a relative URI.
<xsl:template name="trim.common.uri.paths">
<xsl:param name="uriA" select="''"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="uriB" select="''"></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="return" select="'A'"></xsl:param>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="contains($uriA, '/') and contains($uriB, '/') and substring-before($uriA, '/') = substring-before($uriB, '/')">
<xsl:call-template name="trim.common.uri.paths">
<xsl:with-param name="uriA" select="substring-after($uriA, '/')"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="uriB" select="substring-after($uriB, '/')"></xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="return" select="$return"></xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$return = 'A'">
<xsl:value-of select="$uriA"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$uriB"></xsl:value-of>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
Common Template ReferenceThis is technical reference documentation for the
“base”, “refentry”, and “utility” sets of common
templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets. These
templates are “common” in that they are shared across
output formats (that is, they’re not
output-format-dependent)This documentation is not intended to be user
documentation. It is provided for developers writing
customization layers for the stylesheets.Common » Base Template Reference
$Id: common.xsl 8784 2010-07-28 12:32:54Z mzjn $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the “base”
set of common templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is
provided for developers writing customization layers for the
stylesheets.is.componentTests if a given node is a component-level element<xsl:template name="is.component">
<xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template returns '1' if the specified node is a component
(Chapter, Appendix, etc.), and '0' otherwise.ParametersnodeThe node which is to be tested.ReturnsThis template returns '1' if the specified node is a component
(Chapter, Appendix, etc.), and '0' otherwise.is.sectionTests if a given node is a section-level element<xsl:template name="is.section">
<xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template returns '1' if the specified node is a section
(Section, Sect1, Sect2, etc.), and '0' otherwise.ParametersnodeThe node which is to be tested.ReturnsThis template returns '1' if the specified node is a section
(Section, Sect1, Sect2, etc.), and '0' otherwise.section.levelReturns the hierarchical level of a section<xsl:template name="section.level">
<xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template calculates the hierarchical level of a section.
The element sect1 is at level 1, sect2 is
at level 2, etc.Recursive sections are calculated down to the fifth level.ParametersnodeThe section node for which the level should be calculated.
Defaults to the context node.ReturnsThe section level, 1, 2, etc.
qanda.section.levelReturns the hierarchical level of a QandASet<xsl:template name="qanda.section.level"/>DescriptionThis template calculates the hierarchical level of a QandASet.
ReturnsThe level, 1, 2, etc.
select.mediaobjectSelects and processes an appropriate media object from a list<xsl:template name="select.mediaobject">
<xsl:param name="olist" select="imageobject|imageobjectco |videoobject|audioobject|textobject"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template takes a list of media objects (usually the
children of a mediaobject or inlinemediaobject) and processes
the "right" object.This template relies on a template named
"select.mediaobject.index" to determine which object
in the list is appropriate.If no acceptable object is located, nothing happens.ParametersolistThe node list of potential objects to examine.ReturnsCalls <xsl:apply-templates> on the selected object.select.mediaobject.indexSelects the position of the appropriate media object from a list<xsl:template name="select.mediaobject.index">
<xsl:param name="olist" select="imageobject|imageobjectco |videoobject|audioobject|textobject"/>
<xsl:param name="count">1</xsl:param>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template takes a list of media objects (usually the
children of a mediaobject or inlinemediaobject) and determines
the "right" object. It returns the position of that object
to be used by the calling template.If the parameter use.role.for.mediaobject
is nonzero, then it first checks for an object with
a role attribute of the appropriate value. It takes the first
of those. Otherwise, it takes the first acceptable object
through a recursive pass through the list.This template relies on a template named "is.acceptable.mediaobject"
to determine if a given object is an acceptable graphic. The semantics
of media objects is that the first acceptable graphic should be used.
If no acceptable object is located, no index is returned.ParametersolistThe node list of potential objects to examine.countThe position in the list currently being considered by the
recursive process.ReturnsReturns the position in the original list of the selected object.is.acceptable.mediaobjectReturns '1' if the specified media object is recognized<xsl:template name="is.acceptable.mediaobject">
<xsl:param name="object"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template examines a media object and returns '1' if the
object is recognized as a graphic.ParametersobjectThe media object to consider.Returns0 or 1check.id.uniqueWarn users about references to non-unique IDs<xsl:template name="check.id.unique">
<xsl:param name="linkend"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionIf passed an ID in linkend,
check.id.unique prints
a warning message to the user if either the ID does not exist or
the ID is not unique.check.idref.targetsWarn users about incorrectly typed references<xsl:template name="check.idref.targets">
<xsl:param name="linkend"/>
<xsl:param name="element-list"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionIf passed an ID in linkend,
check.idref.targets makes sure that the element
pointed to by the link is one of the elements listed in
element-list and warns the user otherwise.copyright.yearsPrint a set of years with collapsed ranges<xsl:template name="copyright.years">
<xsl:param name="years"/>
<xsl:param name="print.ranges" select="1"/>
<xsl:param name="single.year.ranges" select="0"/>
<xsl:param name="firstyear" select="0"/>
<xsl:param name="nextyear" select="0"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template prints a list of year elements with consecutive
years printed as a range. In other words:<year>1992</year>
<year>1993</year>
<year>1994</year>is printed 1992-1994, whereas:<year>1992</year>
<year>1994</year>is printed 1992, 1994.This template assumes that all the year elements contain only
decimal year numbers, that the elements are sorted in increasing
numerical order, that there are no duplicates, and that all the years
are expressed in full century+year
(1999 not 99) notation.ParametersyearsThe initial set of year elements.print.rangesIf non-zero, multi-year ranges are collapsed. If zero, all years
are printed discretely.single.year.rangesIf non-zero, two consecutive years will be printed as a range,
otherwise, they will be printed discretely. In other words, a single
year range is 1991-1992 but discretely it's
1991, 1992.ReturnsThis template returns the formatted list of years.find.path.paramsSearch in a table for the "best" match for the node<xsl:template name="find.path.params">
<xsl:param name="node" select="."/>
<xsl:param name="table" select="''"/>
<xsl:param name="location">
<xsl:call-template name="xpath.location">
<xsl:with-param name="node" select="$node"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:param>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template searches in a table for the value that most-closely
(in the typical best-match sense of XSLT) matches the current (element)
node location.string.upperConverts a string to all uppercase letters<xsl:template name="string.upper">
<xsl:param name="string" select="''"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionGiven a string, this template does a language-aware conversion
of that string to all uppercase letters, based on the values of the
lowercase.alpha and
uppercase.alpha gentext keys for the current
locale. It affects only those characters found in the values of
lowercase.alpha and
uppercase.alpha. All other characters are left
unchanged.ParametersstringThe string to convert to uppercase.string.lowerConverts a string to all lowercase letters<xsl:template name="string.lower">
<xsl:param name="string" select="''"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionGiven a string, this template does a language-aware conversion
of that string to all lowercase letters, based on the values of the
uppercase.alpha and
lowercase.alpha gentext keys for the current
locale. It affects only those characters found in the values of
uppercase.alpha and
lowercase.alpha. All other characters are left
unchanged.ParametersstringThe string to convert to lowercase.select.choice.separatorReturns localized choice separator<xsl:template name="select.choice.separator"/>DescriptionThis template enables auto-generation of an appropriate
localized "choice" separator (for example, "and" or "or") before
the final item in an inline list (though it could also be useful
for generating choice separators for non-inline lists).It currently works by evaluating a processing instruction
(PI) of the form <?dbchoice choice="foo"?> :
if the value of the choice
pseudo-attribute is "and" or "or", returns a localized "and"
or "or"otherwise returns the literal value of the
choice pseudo-attribute
The latter is provided only as a temporary workaround because the
locale files do not currently have translations for the word
or. So if you want to generate a a
logical "or" separator in French (for example), you currently need
to do this:
<?dbchoice choice="ou"?>The dbchoice processing instruction is
an unfortunate hack; support for it may disappear in the future
(particularly if and when a more appropriate means for marking
up "choice" lists becomes available in DocBook).evaluate.info.profileEvaluates an info profile<xsl:template name="evaluate.info.profile">
<xsl:param name="profile"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template evaluates an "info profile" matching the XPath
expression given by the profile
parameter. It relies on the XSLT evaluate()
extension function.The value of the profile parameter
can include the literal string $info. If found
in the value of the profile parameter, the
literal string $info string is replaced with
the value of the info parameter, which
should be a set of *info nodes; the
expression is then evaluated using the XSLT
evaluate() extension function.ParametersprofileA string representing an XPath expression infoA set of *info nodesReturnsReturns a node (the result of evaluating the
profile parameter)Common » Refentry Metadata Template Reference
$Id: refentry.xsl 7867 2008-03-07 09:54:25Z xmldoc $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the “refentry
metadata” templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is provided
for developers writing customization layers for the stylesheets.Currently, only the manpages stylesheets make use of these
templates. They are, however, potentially useful elsewhere.get.refentry.metadataGathers metadata from a refentry and its ancestors<xsl:template name="get.refentry.metadata">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionReference documentation for particular commands, functions,
etc., is sometimes viewed in isolation from its greater "context". For
example, users view Unix man pages as, well, individual pages, not as
part of a "book" of some kind. Therefore, it is sometimes necessary to
embed "context" information in output for each refentry.However, one problem is that different users mark up that
context information in different ways. Often (usually), the
context information is not actually part of the content of the
refentry itself, but instead part of the content of a
parent or ancestor element to the refentry. And
even then, DocBook provides a variety of elements that users might
potentially use to mark up the same kind of information. One user
might use the productnumber element to mark up version
information about a particular product, while another might use
the releaseinfo element.Taking all that in mind, the
get.refentry.metadata template tries to gather
metadata from a refentry element and its ancestor
elements in an intelligent and user-configurable way. The basic
mechanism used in the XPath expressions throughout this stylesheet
is to select the relevant metadata from the *info element that is
closest to the actual refentry – either on the
refentry itself, or on its nearest ancestor.The get.refentry.metadata
template is actually just sort of a "driver" template; it
calls other templates that do the actual data collection,
then returns the data as a set.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing user preferences (from global
stylesheet parameters)ReturnsReturns a node set with the following elements. The
descriptions are verbatim from the man(7) man
page.
titlethe title of the man page (e.g., MAN)sectionthe section number the man page should be placed in (e.g.,
7)datethe date of the last revisionsourcethe source of the commandmanualthe title of the manual (e.g., Linux
Programmer's Manual)get.refentry.titleGets title metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.title">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe man(7) man page describes this as "the
title of the man page (e.g., MAN). This differs
from refname in that, if the refentry has a
refentrytitle, we use that as the title;
otherwise, we just use first refname in the first
refnamediv in the source.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryReturnsReturns a title node.get.refentry.sectionGets section metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.section">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="quiet" select="0"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe man(7) man page describes this as "the
section number the man page should be placed in (e.g.,
7)". If we do not find a manvolnum
specified in the source, and we find that the refentry is
for a function, we use the section number 3
["Library calls (functions within program libraries)"]; otherwise, we
default to using 1 ["Executable programs or shell
commands"].ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryquietIf non-zero, no "missing" message is emittedReturnsReturns a string representing a section number.get.refentry.dateGets date metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.date">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe man(7) man page describes this as "the
date of the last revision". If we cannot find a date in the source, we
generate one.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing users preferences (from global stylesheet parameters)ReturnsReturns a date node.get.refentry.sourceGets source metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.source">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe man(7) man page describes this as "the
source of the command", and provides the following examples:
For binaries, use something like: GNU, NET-2, SLS
Distribution, MCC Distribution.For system calls, use the version of the kernel that you are
currently looking at: Linux 0.99.11.For library calls, use the source of the function: GNU, BSD
4.3, Linux DLL 4.4.1.The solbook(5) man page describes
something very much like what man(7) calls
"source", except that solbook(5) names it
"software" and describes it like this:
This is the name of the software product that the topic
discussed on the reference page belongs to. For example UNIX
commands are part of the SunOS x.x
release.
In practice, there are many pages that simply have a version
number in the "source" field. So, it looks like what we have is a
two-part field,
NameVersion,
where:
Nameproduct name (e.g., BSD) or org. name (e.g., GNU)Versionversion name
Each part is optional. If the Name is a
product name, then the Version is probably
the version of the product. Or there may be no
Name, in which case, if there is a
Version, it is probably the version of the
item itself, not the product it is part of. Or, if the
Name is an organization name, then there
probably will be no Version.
ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing users preferences (from global
stylesheet parameters)ReturnsReturns a source node.get.refentry.source.nameGets source-name metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.source.name">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionA "source name" is one part of a (potentially) two-part
NameVersion
source field. For more details, see the documentation for the
get.refentry.source template.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing users preferences (from global
stylesheet parameters)ReturnsDepending on what output method is used for the
current stylesheet, either returns a text node or possibly an element
node, containing "source name" data.get.refentry.versionGets version metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.version">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionA "version" is one part of a (potentially) two-part
NameVersion
source field. For more details, see the documentation for the
get.refentry.source template.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing users preferences (from global
stylesheet parameters)ReturnsDepending on what output method is used for the
current stylesheet, either returns a text node or possibly an element
node, containing "version" data.get.refentry.manualGets source metadata for a refentry<xsl:template name="get.refentry.manual">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="prefs"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe man(7) man page describes this as "the
title of the manual (e.g., Linux Programmer's
Manual)". Here are some examples from existing man pages:
dpkg utilities
(dpkg-name)User Contributed Perl Documentation
(GET)GNU Development Tools
(ld)Emperor Norton Utilities
(ddate)Debian GNU/Linux manual
(faked)GIMP Manual Pages
(gimp)KDOC Documentation System
(qt2kdoc)The solbook(5) man page describes
something very much like what man(7) calls
"manual", except that solbook(5) names it
"sectdesc" and describes it like this:
This is the section title of the reference page; for
example User Commands.
ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA set of info nodes (from a refentry
element and its ancestors)prefsA node containing users preferences (from global
stylesheet parameters)ReturnsReturns a manual node.get.refentry.metadata.prefsGets user preferences for refentry metadata gathering<xsl:template name="get.refentry.metadata.prefs"/>DescriptionThe DocBook XSL stylesheets include several user-configurable
global stylesheet parameters for controlling refentry
metadata gathering. Those parameters are not read directly by the
other refentry metadata-gathering
templates. Instead, they are read only by the
get.refentry.metadata.prefs template,
which assembles them into a structure that is then passed to
the other refentry metadata-gathering
templates.So the, get.refentry.metadata.prefs
template is the only interface to collecting stylesheet parameters for
controlling refentry metadata gathering.ParametersThere are no local parameters for this template; however, it
does rely on a number of global parameters.ReturnsReturns a manual node.set.refentry.metadataSets content of a refentry metadata item<xsl:template name="set.refentry.metadata">
<xsl:param name="refname"/>
<xsl:param name="info"/>
<xsl:param name="contents"/>
<xsl:param name="context"/>
<xsl:param name="preferred"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe set.refentry.metadata template is
called each time a suitable source element is found for a certain
metadata field.ParametersrefnameThe first refname in the refentryinfoA single *info node that contains the selected source element.contentsA node containing the selected source element.contextA string describing the metadata context in which the
set.refentry.metadata template was
called: either "date", "source", "version", or "manual".ReturnsReturns formatted contents of a selected source element.Common » Utility Template Reference
$Id: utility.xsl 7101 2007-07-20 15:32:12Z xmldoc $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the
miscellaneous utility templates in the DocBook XSL
Stylesheets.These templates are defined in a separate file from the set
of “common” templates because some of the common templates
reference DocBook XSL stylesheet parameters, requiring the
entire set of parameters to be imported/included in any
stylesheet that imports/includes the common templates.The utility templates don’t import or include any DocBook
XSL stylesheet parameters, so the utility templates can be used
without importing the whole set of parameters.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is
provided for developers writing customization layers for the
stylesheets.log.messageLogs/emits formatted notes and warnings<xsl:template name="log.message">
<xsl:param name="level"/>
<xsl:param name="source"/>
<xsl:param name="context-desc"/>
<xsl:param name="context-desc-field-length">12</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="context-desc-padded">
<xsl:if test="not($context-desc = '')">
<xsl:call-template name="pad-string">
<xsl:with-param name="leftRight">right</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="padVar" select="substring($context-desc, 1, $context-desc-field-length)"/>
<xsl:with-param name="length" select="$context-desc-field-length"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="message"/>
<xsl:param name="message-field-length" select="45"/>
<xsl:param name="message-padded">
<xsl:variable name="spaces-for-blank-level">
<!-- * if the level field is blank, we'll need to pad out -->
<!-- * the message field with spaces to compensate -->
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$level = ''">
<xsl:value-of select="4 + 2"/>
<!-- * 4 = hard-coded length of comment text ("Note" or "Warn") -->
<!-- * + 2 = length of colon-plus-space separator ": " -->
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="0"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:variable name="spaces-for-blank-context-desc">
<!-- * if the context-description field is blank, we'll need -->
<!-- * to pad out the message field with spaces to compensate -->
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$context-desc = ''">
<xsl:value-of select="$context-desc-field-length + 2"/>
<!-- * + 2 = length of colon-plus-space separator ": " -->
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="0"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:variable name="extra-spaces" select="$spaces-for-blank-level + $spaces-for-blank-context-desc"/>
<xsl:call-template name="pad-string">
<xsl:with-param name="leftRight">right</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="padVar" select="substring($message, 1, ($message-field-length + $extra-spaces))"/>
<xsl:with-param name="length" select="$message-field-length + $extra-spaces"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:param>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe log.message template is a utility
template for logging/emitting formatted messages – that is,
notes and warnings, along with a given log “level” and an
identifier for the “source” that the message relates to.ParameterslevelText to log/emit in the message-level field to
indicate the message level
(Note or
Warning)sourceText to log/emit in the source field to identify the
“source” to which the notification/warning relates.
This can be any arbitrary string, but because the
message lacks line and column numbers to identify the
exact part of the source document to which it
relates, the intention is that the value you pass
into the source parameter should
give the user some way to identify the portion of
their source document on which to take potentially
take action in response to the log message (for
example, to edit, change, or add content).So the source value should be,
for example, an ID, book/chapter/article title, title
of some formal object, or even a string giving an
XPath expression.context-descText to log/emit in the context-description field to
describe the context for the message.context-desc-field-lengthSpecifies length of the context-description field
(in characters); default is 12If the text specified by the
context-desc parameter is longer
than the number of characters specified in
context-desc-field-length, it is
truncated to context-desc-field-length
(12 characters by default).If the specified text is shorter than
context-desc-field-length,
it is right-padded out to
context-desc-field-length (12 by
default).If no value has been specified for the
context-desc parameter, the field is
left empty and the text of the log message begins with
the value of the message
parameter.messageText to log/emit in the actual message fieldmessage-field-lengthSpecifies length of the message
field (in characters); default is 45ReturnsOutputs a message (generally, to standard error).get.doc.titleGets a title from the current document<xsl:template name="get.doc.title"/>DescriptionThe get.doc.title template is a
utility template for returning the first title found in the
current document.ReturnsReturns a string containing some identifying title for the
current document .pad-stringRight-pads or left-pads a string out to a certain length<xsl:template name="pad-string">
<xsl:param name="padChar" select="' '"/>
<xsl:param name="leftRight">left</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="padVar"/>
<xsl:param name="length"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis function takes string padVar and
pads it out in the direction rightLeft to
the string-length length, using string
padChar (a space character by default) as
the padding string (note that padChar can
be a string; it is not limited to just being a single
character).This function began as a copy of Nate Austin's
prepend-pad function in the Padding
Content section of Dave Pawson's XSLT
FAQ.ReturnsReturns a (padded) string.Common » Character-Map Template Reference
$Id: charmap.xsl 7266 2007-08-22 11:58:42Z xmldoc $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the
character-map templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets.These templates are defined in a separate file from the set
of “common” templates because some of the common templates
reference DocBook XSL stylesheet parameters, requiring the
entire set of parameters to be imported/included in any
stylesheet that imports/includes the common templates.The character-map templates don’t import or include
any DocBook XSL stylesheet parameters, so the
character-map templates can be used without importing the
whole set of parameters.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is
provided for developers writing customization layers for the
stylesheets.apply-character-mapApplies an XSLT character map<xsl:template name="apply-character-map">
<xsl:param name="content"/>
<xsl:param name="map.contents"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThis template applies an XSLT character map; that is, it causes certain
individual characters to be substituted with strings of one
or more characters. It is useful mainly for replacing
multiple “special” characters or symbols in the same target
content. It uses the value of
map.contents to do substitution on
content, and then returns the
modified contents.This template is a very slightly modified version of
Jeni Tennison’s replace_strings
template in the multiple string replacements section of Dave Pawson’s
XSLT FAQ.The apply-string-subst-map
template is essentially the same template as the
apply-character-map template; the
only difference is that in the map that
apply-string-subst-map expects, oldstring and newstring attributes are used
instead of character and string attributes.ParameterscontentThe content on which to perform the character-map
substitution.map.contentsA node set of elements, with each element having
the following attributes:
character, a
character to be replacedstring, a
string with which to replace characterread-character-mapReads in all or part of an XSLT character map<xsl:template name="read-character-map">
<xsl:param name="use.subset"/>
<xsl:param name="subset.profile"/>
<xsl:param name="uri"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionThe XSLT 2.0 specification describes character maps and explains how they may be used
to allow a specific character appearing in a text or
attribute node in a final result tree to be substituted by
a specified string of characters during serialization. The
read-character-map template provides a
means for reading and using character maps with XSLT
1.0-based tools.This template reads the character-map contents from
uri (in full or in part, depending on
the value of the use.subset
parameter), then passes those contents to the
apply-character-map template, along with
content, the data on which to perform
the character substitution.Using the character map “in part” means that it uses only
those output-character elements that match the
XPath expression given in the value of the
subset.profile parameter. The current
implementation of that capability here relies on the
evaluate extension XSLT function.Parametersuse.subsetSpecifies whether to use a subset of the character
map instead of the whole map; boolean
0 or 1subset.profileXPath expression that specifies what subset of the
character map to useuriURI for a character mapFormatting Object Table Reference
$Id: table.xsl 8814 2010-08-09 21:19:53Z bobstayton $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the FO
table-processing templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is
provided for developers writing customization layers for the
stylesheets.calc.column.widthCalculate an XSL FO table column width specification from a
CALS table column width specification.<xsl:template name="calc.column.width">
<xsl:param name="colwidth">1*</xsl:param>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionCALS expresses table column widths in the following basic
forms:99.99units, a fixed length specifier.99.99, a fixed length specifier without any units.99.99*, a relative length specifier.99.99*+99.99units, a combination of both.The CALS units are points (pt), picas (pi), centimeters (cm),
millimeters (mm), and inches (in). These are the same units as XSL,
except that XSL abbreviates picas "pc" instead of "pi". If a length
specifier has no units, the CALS default unit (pt) is assumed.Relative length specifiers are represented in XSL with the
proportional-column-width() function.Here are some examples:"36pt" becomes "36pt""3pi" becomes "3pc""36" becomes "36pt""3*" becomes "proportional-column-width(3)""3*+2pi" becomes "proportional-column-width(3)+2pc""1*+2" becomes "proportional-column-width(1)+2pt"ParameterscolwidthThe CALS column width specification.ReturnsThe XSL column width specification.Titlepage Template Stylesheet Reference
$Id: titlepage.xsl 7058 2007-07-17 13:59:29Z xmldoc $
IntroductionThis is technical reference documentation for the
“titlepage” templates in the DocBook XSL Stylesheets.This is not intended to be user documentation. It is
provided for developers writing customization layers for the
stylesheets.t:templatesConstruct a stylesheet for the templates provided<xsl:template match="t:templates"/>DescriptionThe t:templates element is the root of a
set of templates. This template creates an appropriate
xsl:stylesheet for the templates.If the t:templates element has a
base-stylesheet attribute, an
xsl:import statement is constructed for it.xsl:*Copy xsl: elements straight through<xsl:template match="xsl:*"/>DescriptionThis template simply copies the xsl: elements
straight through into the result tree.t:titlepageCreate the templates necessary to construct a title page<xsl:template match="t:titlepage"/>DescriptionThe t:titlepage element creates a set of
templates for processing the titlepage for an element. The
root of this template set is the template named
wrapper.titlepage. That is the
template that should be called to generate the title page.
The t:titlepage element has three attributes:
elementThe name of the source document element for which
these templates apply. In other words, to make a title page for the
article element, set the
element attribute to
article. This attribute is required.
wrapperThe entire title page can be wrapped with an element.
This attribute identifies that element.
classIf the class attribute
is set, a class attribute with this
value will be added to the wrapper element that surrounds the entire
title page.
Any other attributes are copied through literally to the
wrapper element.The content of a t:titlepage is one or
more t:titlepage-content,
t:titlepage-separator, and
t:titlepage-before elements.Each of these elements may be provided for the recto
and verso sides of the title page.@* (in copy.literal.atts mode)Copy t:titlepage attributes<xsl:template match="@*" mode="copy.literal.atts"/>DescriptionThis template copies all of the other attributes
from a t:titlepage element onto the specified
wrapper.t:titlepage-contentCreate templates for the content of one side of a title page<xsl:template match="t:titlepage-content"/>DescriptionThe title page content, that is, the elements from the source
document that are rendered on the title page, can be controlled independently
for the recto and verso sides of the title page.The t:titlepage-content element has two attributes:
sideIdentifies the side of the page to which this title
page content applies. The
side attribute is required and
must be set to either
recto or
verso. In addition, you must specify
exactly one t:titlepage-content for each side
within each t:titlepage.orderIndicates how the order of the elements presented on
the title page is determined. If the
order is
document, the elements are presented
in document order. Otherwise (if the
order is
stylesheet), the elements are presented
in the order that they appear in the template (and consequently in
the stylesheet).The content of a t:titlepage-content element is
a list of element names. These names should be unqualified. They identify
the elements in the source document that should appear on the title page.
Each element may have a single attribute:
predicate. The value of this
attribute is used as a predicate for the expression that matches
the element on which it occurs.In other words, to put only the first three authors on the
recto-side of a title
page, you could specify:
<t:titlepage-contents side="recto">
<!-- other titlepage elements -->
<author predicate="[count(previous-sibling::author)<2]"/>
<!-- other titlepage elements -->
</t:titlepage-contents>
Usually, the elements so named are empty. But it is possible to
make one level of selection within them. Suppose that you want to
process authorgroup elements on the title page, but
you want to select only proper authors, editors, or corporate authors,
not collaborators or other credited authors.In that case, you can put a t:or group inside
the authorgroup element:
<t:titlepage-contents side="recto">
<!-- other titlepage elements -->
<authorgroup>
<t:or>
<author/>
<editor/>
<corpauthor/>
</t:or>
</authorgroup>
<!-- other titlepage elements -->
</t:titlepage-contents>
This will have the effect of automatically generating a template
for processing authorgroups in the title page mode,
selecting only the specified children. If you need more complex processing,
you'll have to construct the templates by hand.t:titlepage-separatorCreate templates for the separator<xsl:template match="t:titlepage-separator"/>DescriptionThe title page is separated from the content which follows it by
the markup specified in the t:titlepage-separator
element.t:titlepage-beforeCreate templates for what precedes a title page<xsl:template match="t:titlepage-before"/>DescriptionEach side of the title page is preceded by the markup specified
in the t:titlepage-before element for that
side.* (in copy mode)Copy elements<xsl:template match="*" mode="copy"/>DescriptionThis template simply copies the elements that it applies to
straight through into the result tree.@* (in copy mode)Copy attributes<xsl:template match="@*" mode="copy"/>DescriptionThis template simply copies the attributes that it applies to
straight through into the result tree.* (in document.order mode)Create rules to process titlepage elements in document order<xsl:template match="*" mode="document.order"/>DescriptionThis template is called to process all of the children of the
t:titlepage-content element. It creates the hairy
select expression necessary to process each of those elements in
the title page.Note that this template automatically handles the case where
some DocBook elements, like title and subtitle, can occur both inside
the *info elements where metadata is usually stored and outside.
It also automatically calculates the name for the *info container
and handles elements that have historically had containers with different
names.* (in document.order mode)Create rules to process titlepage elements in stylesheet order<xsl:template match="*" mode="document.order"/>DescriptionThis template is called to process all of the children of the
t:titlepage-content element. It creates the set
of xsl:apply-templates elements necessary
process each of those elements in the title page.Note that this template automatically handles the case where
some DocBook elements, like title and subtitle, can occur both inside
the *info elements where metadata is usually stored and outside.
It also automatically calculates the name for the *info container
and handles elements that have historically had containers with different
names.* (in titlepage.specialrules mode)Create templates for special rules<xsl:template match="*" mode="titlepage.specialrules"/>DescriptionThis template is called to process all of the descendants of the
t:titlepage-content element that require special
processing. At present, that's just t:or elements.
* (in titlepage.subrules mode)Create template for individual special rules<xsl:template match="*" mode="titlepage.subrules"/>DescriptionThis template is called to process the children of special
template elements.
t:orProcess the t:or special rule<xsl:template match="t:or"/><xsl:template match="t:or" mode="titlepage.subrules"/>DescriptionThis template processes t:or.t:or (in titlepage.subrules mode)Process the t:or special rule in
titlepage.subrules mode<xsl:template match="t:or" mode="titlepage.subrules"/>DescriptionThe titlepage.subrules mode doesn't apply to t:or, so just
reprocess this node in the normal mode.element-or-listConstruct the "or-list" used in the select attribute for
special rules.<xsl:template name="element-or-list">
<xsl:param name="elements" select="*"/>
<xsl:param name="element.count" select="count($elements)"/>
<xsl:param name="count" select="1"/>
<xsl:param name="orlist"/>
...
</xsl:template>DescriptionWalk through each of the children of t:or, producing the
text of the select attribute.